Skip site navigation (1)Skip section navigation (2)

FreeBSD Manual Pages

  
 
  

home | help
MPlayer(1)		       The Movie Player			    MPlayer(1)

NAME
       mplayer	- movie	player
       mencoder	- movie	encoder

SYNOPSIS
       mplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
       mplayer [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
       mplayer [options] {group	of files and options} [group-specific options]
       mplayer [br]://[title][/device] [options]
       mplayer [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title][/device]
       [options]
       mplayer vcd://track[/device]
       mplayer tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
       mplayer radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
       mplayer pvr:// [options]
       mplayer dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
       mplayer mf://[filemask|@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
       mplayer [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
       mplayer cue://file[:track] [options]
       mplayer
       [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|icyx|noicyx|smb]://
       [user:pass@]URL[:port] [options]
       mplayer sdp://file [options]
       mplayer mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
       mplayer tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
       gmplayer	[options] [-skin skin]
       mencoder	[options] file [file|URL|-] [-o	file | file://file |
       smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
       mencoder	[options] file1	[specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DESCRIPTION
       mplayer is a movie player for Linux (runs on many other	platforms  and
       CPU  architectures,  see	 the  documentation).  It plays	most MPEG/VOB,
       AVI, ASF/WMA/WMV, RM, QT/MOV/MP4, Ogg/OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI, NuppelVideo,
       yuv4mpeg,  FILM	and  RoQ  files,  supported  by	many native and	binary
       codecs.	You can	watch VCD, SVCD, DVD, Blu-ray, 3ivx, DivX  3/4/5,  WMV
       and even	H.264 movies, too.

       MPlayer	supports  a  wide range	of video and audio output drivers.  It
       works with X11, Xv, DGA,	OpenGL,	SVGAlib, fbdev,	 AAlib,	 libcaca,  Di-
       rectFB,	Quartz,	Mac OS X CoreVideo, but	you can	also use GGI, SDL (and
       all their drivers), VESA	(on every VESA-compatible card,	 even  without
       X11),  some  low-level card-specific drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx and ATI)
       and some	hardware MPEG decoder boards, such as the Siemens  DVB,	 Haup-
       pauge PVR (IVTV), DXR2 and DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them support soft-
       ware or hardware	scaling, so you	can enjoy movies in fullscreen mode.

       MPlayer has an onscreen display (OSD) for status	information, nice  big
       antialiased shaded subtitles and	visual feedback	for keyboard controls.
       European/ISO8859-1,2 (Hungarian,	English, Czech,	etc), Cyrillic and Ko-
       rean fonts are supported	along with 12 subtitle formats (MicroDVD, Sub-
       Rip, OGM, SubViewer, Sami, VPlayer, RT, SSA, AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS  and
       our  own: MPsub)	and DVD	subtitles (SPU streams,	VOBsub and Closed Cap-
       tions).

       mencoder	(MPlayer's Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder,  designed
       to encode MPlayer-playable movies (see above) to	other MPlayer-playable
       formats (see below).  It	encodes	to  MPEG-4  (DivX/Xvid),  one  of  the
       libavcodec  codecs  and PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or 3 passes.  Fur-
       thermore	it has stream copying  abilities,  a  powerful	filter	system
       (crop, expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale,	noise, RGB/YUV conver-
       sion) and more.

       gmplayer	is MPlayer with	a graphical user interface.  Besides some  own
       options	(stored	in gui.conf), it has the same options as MPlayer, how-
       ever some MPlayer options will be stored	in gui.conf so that  they  can
       be  chosen  independently from MPlayer. (See GUI	CONFIGURATION FILE be-
       low.)

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be	found at  the  end  of
       this man	page.

       Also see	the HTML documentation!

INTERACTIVE CONTROL
       MPlayer	has  a	fully configurable, command-driven control layer which
       allows you to control MPlayer using keyboard, mouse, joystick or	remote
       control (with LIRC).  See the -input option for ways to customize it.

       keyboard	control
	      LEFT and RIGHT
		   Seek	backward/forward 10 seconds.
	      UP and DOWN
		   Seek	forward/backward 1 minute.
	      PGUP and PGDWN
		   Seek	forward/backward 10 minutes.
	      [	and ]
		   Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
	      {	and }
		   Halve/double	current	playback speed.
	      BACKSPACE
		   Reset playback speed	to normal.
	      <	and >
		   Go backward/forward in the playlist.
	      ENTER
		   Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
	      HOME and END
		   next/previous playtree entry	in the parent list
	      INS and DEL (ASX playlist	only)
		   next/previous alternative source.
	      p	/ SPACE
		   Pause (pressing again unpauses).
	      .
		   Step	 forward.   Pressing once will pause movie, every con-
		   secutive press will play one	frame and then go  into	 pause
		   mode	again (any other key unpauses).
	      q	/ ESC
		   Stop	playing	and quit.
	      U
		   Stop	playing	(and quit if -idle is not used).
	      +	and -
		   Adjust audio	delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
	      /	and *
		   Decrease/increase volume.
	      9	and 0
		   Decrease/increase volume.
	      (	and )
		   Adjust audio	balance	in favor of left/right channel.
	      m
		   Mute	sound.
	      _	(MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat only)
		   Cycle through the available video tracks.
	      #	(DVD, Blu-ray, MPEG, Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)
		   Cycle through the available audio tracks.
	      TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
		   Cycle through the available programs.
	      f
		   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
	      T
		   Toggle stay-on-top (also see	-ontop).
	      w	and e
		   Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
	      o
		   Toggle  OSD	states:	 none  /  seek / seek +	timer /	seek +
		   timer + total time.
	      d
		   Toggle frame	dropping states: none /	skip  display  /  skip
		   decoding (see -framedrop and	-hardframedrop).
	      v
		   Toggle subtitle visibility.
	      j	and J
		   Cycle through the available subtitles.
	      y	and g
		   Step	forward/backward in the	subtitle list.
	      F
		   Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
	      a
		   Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
	      x	and z
		   Adjust subtitle delay by +/-	0.1 seconds.
	      c	(-capture only)
		   Start/stop capturing	the primary stream.
	      r	and t
		   Move	subtitles up/down.
	      i	(-edlout mode only)
		   Set	start  or  end	of an EDL skip and write it out	to the
		   given file.
	      s	(-vf screenshot	only)
		   Take	a screenshot.
	      S	(-vf screenshot	only)
		   Start/stop taking screenshots.
	      I
		   Show	filename on the	OSD.
	      P
		   Show	progression bar, elapsed time and  total  duration  on
		   the OSD.
	      !	and @
		   Seek	to the beginning of the	previous/next chapter.
	      D	(-vo xvmc, -vo vdpau, -vf yadif, -vf kerndeint only)
		   Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
	      A	   Cycle through the available DVD angles.

	      (The  following keys are valid only when using a hardware	accel-
	      erated video output (xv, (x)vidix, (x)mga,  etc),	 the  software
	      equalizer	(-vf eq	or -vf eq2) or hue filter (-vf hue).)

	      1	and 2
		   Adjust contrast.
	      3	and 4
		   Adjust brightness.
	      5	and 6
		   Adjust hue.
	      7	and 8
		   Adjust saturation.

	      (The  following  keys  are  valid	 only when using the quartz or
	      corevideo	video output driver.)

	      command +	0
		   Resize movie	window to half its original size.
	      command +	1
		   Resize movie	window to its original size.
	      command +	2
		   Resize movie	window to double its original size.
	      command +	f
		   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
	      command +	[ and command +	]
		   Set movie window alpha.

	      (The following keys are valid only when using the	sdl video out-
	      put driver.)

	      c
		   Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
	      n
		   Restore original mode.

	      (The following keys are valid if you have	a keyboard with	multi-
	      media keys.)

	      PAUSE
		   Pause.
	      STOP
		   Stop	playing	and quit.
	      PREVIOUS and NEXT
		   Seek	backward/forward 1 minute.

	      (The following keys are only valid if you	compiled  with	TV  or
	      DVB input	support	and will take precedence over the keys defined
	      above.)

	      h	and k
		   Select previous/next	channel.
	      n
		   Change norm.
	      u
		   Change channel list.

	      (The following keys are only valid if you	compiled  with	dvdnav
	      support: They are	used to	navigate the menus.)

	      keypad 8
		   Select button up.
	      keypad 2
		   Select button down.
	      keypad 4
		   Select button left.
	      keypad 6
		   Select button right.
	      keypad 5
		   Return to main menu.
	      keypad 7
		   Return  to  nearest menu (the order of preference is: chap-
		   ter->title->root).
	      keypad ENTER
		   Confirm choice.

	      (The following keys are used for controlling  TV	teletext.  The
	      data  may	come from either an analog TV source or	an MPEG	trans-
	      port stream.)

	      X
		   Switch teletext on/off.
	      Q	and W
		   Go to next/prev teletext page.

       mouse control
	      button 3 and button 4
		   Seek	backward/forward 1 minute.
	      button 5 and button 6
		   Decrease/increase volume.

       joystick	control
	      left and right
		   Seek	backward/forward 10 seconds.
	      up and down
		   Seek	forward/backward 1 minute.
	      button 1
		   Pause.
	      button 2
		   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek  +  timer  /  seek  +
		   timer + total time.
	      button 3 and button 4
		   Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE
       Every  'flag'  option  has a 'noflag' counterpart, e.g. the opposite of
       the -fs option is -nofs.

       If an option is marked as (XXX only), it	will only work in  combination
       with the	XXX option or if XXX is	compiled in.

       NOTE:  The  suboption  parser (used for example for -ao pcm suboptions)
       supports	a special kind of string-escaping intended for use with	exter-
       nal GUIs.
       It has the following format:
       %n%string_of_length_n
       EXAMPLES:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
       Or in a script:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

CONFIGURATION FILES
       You  can	 put  all  of the options in configuration files which will be
       read every time MPlayer/MEncoder	is run.	 The system-wide configuration
       file  'mplayer.conf'  is	 in  your  configuration directory (e.g. /etc/
       mplayer or /usr/local/share/mplayer), the  user	specific  one  is  '~/
       .mplayer/config'.    The	 configuration	file  for  MEncoder  is	 'men-
       coder.conf' in your configuration directory (e.g. /etc/mplayer or /usr/
       local/share/mplayer),   the   user  specific  one  is  '~/.mplayer/men-
       coder.conf'.  User specific options override  system-wide  options  (in
       case  of	gmplayer, gui.conf options override user specific options) and
       options given on	the command line override all.	The syntax of the con-
       figuration files	is 'option=<value>', everything	after a	'#' is consid-
       ered a comment.	Options	that work without values  can  be  enabled  by
       setting	them to	'yes' or '1' or	'true' and disabled by setting them to
       'no' or '0' or 'false'.	Even suboptions	can be specified in this  way.

       You  can	 also write file-specific configuration	files.	If you wish to
       have a configuration file for a file called 'movie.avi',	create a  file
       named  'movie.avi.conf' with the	file-specific options in it and	put it
       in ~/.mplayer/.	You can	also put the configuration file	 in  the  same
       directory  as  the  file	 to  be	 played,  as  long  as	you  give  the
       -use-filedir-conf option	(either	on the command line or in your	global
       config  file).	If  a file-specific configuration file is found	in the
       same directory, no file-specific	configuration is loaded	from ~/.mplay-
       er.   In	 addition, the -use-filedir-conf option	enables	directory-spe-
       cific configuration files.  For this, MPlayer first  tries  to  load  a
       mplayer.conf  from the same directory as	the file played	and then tries
       to load any file-specific configuration.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Use Matrox driver by default.
       vo=xmga
       # I love	practicing handstands while watching videos.
       flip=yes
       # Decode/encode multiple	files from PNG,
       # start with mf://filemask
       mf=type=png:fps=25
       # Eerie negative	images are cool.
       vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8
       # OSD progress bar vertical alignment
       progbar-align=50

       EXAMPLE MENCODER	CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
       o=encoded.avi
       # The next 4 lines allow	mencoder tv:// to start	capturing immediately.
       oac=pcm=yes
       ovc=lavc=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
       tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
       # more complex default encoding option set
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
       lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
       ovc=lavc=1
       oac=lavc=1
       passlogfile=pass1stats.log
       noautoexpand=1
       subfont-autoscale=3
       subfont-osd-scale=6
       subfont-text-scale=4
       subalign=2
       subpos=96
       spuaa=20

       GUI CONFIGURATION FILE

       GUI's own options are (MPlayer option  names  in	 parentheses):	ao_al-
       sa_device  (alsa:device=)  (ALSA	only), ao_alsa_mixer (mixer) (ALSA on-
       ly), ao_alsa_mixer_channel (mixer-channel) (ALSA	 only),	 ao_esd_device
       (esd:)  (ESD  only),  ao_extra_stereo  (af extrastereo) (default: 1.0),
       ao_extra_stereo_coefficient  (af	 extrastereo=),	 ao_oss_device	(oss:)
       (OSS only), ao_oss_mixer	(mixer)	(OSS only), ao_oss_mixer_channel (mix-
       er-channel) (OSS	only), ao_sdl_subdriver	(sdl:) (SDL only), ao_surround
       (unused),  ao_volnorm  (af  volnorm),  autosync	(enable/disable),  au-
       tosync_size (autosync), cache (enable/disable), cache_size (cache), en-
       able_audio_equ  (af equalizer), equ_band_00 ... equ_band_59, (af	equal-
       izer=), equ_channel_1 ... equ_channel_6 (af channels=), gui_main_pos_x,
       gui_main_pos_y,	 gui_save_pos	(yes/no),   gui_tv_digital   (yes/no),
       gui_video_out_pos_x,  gui_video_out_pos_y,  load_fullscreen   (yes/no),
       playbar	(enable/disable),  show_videowin  (yes/no),  vf_lavc (vf lavc)
       (DXR3 only), vf_pp (vf pp), vo_dxr3_device (unused) (DXR3 only).

       MPlayer options stored in gui.conf (GUI option  names,  MPlayer	option
       names in	parentheses) are: a_afm	(afm), ao_driver (ao), ass_bottom_mar-
       gin (ass-bottom-margin)	(ASS  only),  ass_enabled  (ass)  (ASS	only),
       ass_top_margin  (ass-top-margin)	 (ASS only), ass_use_margins (ass-use-
       margins)	(ASS only), cdrom_device (cdrom-device),  dvd_device  (dvd-de-
       vice),  font_autoscale  (subfont-autoscale)  (FreeType only), font_blur
       (subfont-blur)  (FreeType  only),   font_encoding   (subfont-encoding),
       font_factor  (ffactor),	font_name (font), font_osd_scale (subfont-osd-
       scale) (FreeType	only), font_outline (subfont-outline) (FreeType	only),
       font_text_scale	(subfont-text-scale) (FreeType only), gui_skin (skin),
       idle (idle), osd_level (osdlevel), softvol (softvol),  stopxscreensaver
       (stop-xscreensaver), sub_auto_load (autosub), sub_cp (subcp) (iconv on-
       ly), sub_overlap	(overlapsub), sub_pos (subpos),	sub_unicode (unicode),
       sub_utf8	 (utf8),  v_flip (flip), v_framedrop (framedrop), v_idx	(idx),
       v_ni (ni), v_vfm	(vfm), vf_autoq	(autoq),  vo_direct_render  (panscan),
       vo_doublebuffering (dr),	vo_driver (vo),	vo_panscan (double).

PROFILES
       To  ease	 working with different	configurations profiles	can be defined
       in the configuration files.  A profile starts  with  its	 name  between
       square  brackets,  e.g.	'[my-profile]'.	 All following options will be
       part of the profile.  A description (shown by -profile help) can	be de-
       fined  with the profile-desc option.  To	end the	profile, start another
       one or use the profile name 'default' to	continue with normal  options.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER PROFILE:

       [protocol.dvd]
       profile-desc="profile for dvd://	streams"
       vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
       alang=en

       [protocol.dvdnav]
       profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams"
       profile=protocol.dvd
       mouse-movements=yes
       nocache=yes

       [extension.flv]
       profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
       flip=yes

       [vo.pnm]
       outdir=/tmp

       [ao.alsa]
       device=spdif

       EXAMPLE MENCODER	PROFILE:

       [mpeg4]
       profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
       ovc=lacv=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

       [mpeg4-hq]
       profile-desc="HQ	MPEG4 encoding"
       profile=mpeg4
       lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GENERAL	OPTIONS
       -codecpath <dir>
	      Specify a	directory for binary codecs.

       -codecs-file <filename> (also see -afm, -ac, -vfm, -vc)
	      Override the standard search path	and use	the specified file in-
	      stead of the builtin codecs.conf.

       -include	<configuration file> (also see -gui-include)
	      Specify configuration file to be parsed after the	default	 ones.

       -list-options
	      Prints all available options.

       -msgcharset <charset>
	      Convert  console	messages  to  the specified character set (de-
	      fault: autodetect).  Text	will be	in the encoding	specified with
	      the --charset configure option.  Set this	to "noconv" to disable
	      conversion (for e.g. iconv problems).
	      NOTE: The	option takes effect after  command  line  parsing  has
	      finished.	 The MPLAYER_CHARSET environment variable can help you
	      get rid of the first lines of garbled output.

       -msgcolor
	      Enable colorful console output on	terminals  that	 support  ANSI
	      color.

       -msglevel <all=<level>:<module>=<level>:...>
	      Control  verbosity  directly  for	each module.  The 'all'	module
	      changes the verbosity of all the modules not  explicitly	speci-
	      fied  on	the  command line.  See	'-msglevel help' for a list of
	      all modules.
	      NOTE: Some messages are  printed	before	the  command  line  is
	      parsed  and are therefore	not affected by	-msglevel.  To control
	      these messages you have to use the  MPLAYER_VERBOSE  environment
	      variable,	see its	description below for details.
	      Available	levels:
		 -1   complete silence
		  0   fatal messages only
		  1   error messages
		  2   warning messages
		  3   short hints
		  4   informational messages
		  5   status messages (default)
		  6   verbose messages
		  7   debug level 2
		  8   debug level 3
		  9   debug level 4

       -msgmodule
	      Prepend module name in front of each console message.

       -noconfig <options>
	      Do not parse selected configuration files.
	      NOTE:  If	-include or -use-filedir-conf options are specified at
	      the command line,	they will be honoured.

	      Available	options	are:
		 all
		      all configuration	files
		 gui (GUI only)
		      GUI configuration	file
		 system
		      system configuration file
		 user
		      user configuration file

       -quiet
	      Make console output less verbose;	in  particular,	 prevents  the
	      status  line (i.e. A:   0.7 V:   0.6 A-V:	 0.068 ...) from being
	      displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals	or broken ones
	      which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

       -priority <prio>	(Windows and OS/2 only)
	      Set  process  priority  for  MPlayer according to	the predefined
	      priorities available under Windows and OS/2.  Possible values of
	      <prio>:
		 idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

	      WARNING: Using realtime priority can cause system	lockup.

       -profile	<profile1,profile2,...>
	      Use  the	given profile(s), -profile help	displays a list	of the
	      defined profiles.

       -really-quiet (also see -quiet)
	      Display even less	output and status messages than	 with  -quiet.
	      Also suppresses the GUI error message boxes.

       -show-profile <profile>
	      Show the description and content of a profile.

       -use-filedir-conf
	      Look for a file-specific configuration file in the same directo-
	      ry as the	file that is being played.
	      WARNING: May be dangerous	if playing from	untrusted media.

       -v
	      Increment	verbosity level, one level for each -v	found  on  the
	      command line.

PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER	ONLY)
       -autoq <quality>	(use with -vf [s]pp)
	      Dynamically changes the level of postprocessing depending	on the
	      available	spare CPU time.	 The number you	specify	 will  be  the
	      maximum  level  used.  Usually you can use some big number.  You
	      have to use -vf [s]pp without parameters in order	 for  this  to
	      work.

       -autosync <factor>
	      Gradually	 adjusts  the  A/V  sync based on audio	delay measure-
	      ments.  Specifying -autosync 0, the default,  will  cause	 frame
	      timing to	be based entirely on audio delay measurements.	Speci-
	      fying -autosync 1	will do	the same, but will subtly  change  the
	      A/V  correction algorithm.  An uneven video framerate in a movie
	      which plays fine with -nosound can often be  helped  by  setting
	      this  to an integer value	greater	than 1.	 The higher the	value,
	      the closer the timing will be to -nosound.  Try -autosync	30  to
	      smooth  out problems with	sound drivers which do not implement a
	      perfect audio delay measurement.	With this value, if large  A/V
	      sync  offsets occur, they	will only take about 1 or 2 seconds to
	      settle out.  This	delay in reaction time to sudden  A/V  offsets
	      should  be  the  only side-effect	of turning this	option on, for
	      all sound	drivers.

       -benchmark
	      Prints some statistics on	CPU usage and dropped  frames  at  the
	      end  of playback.	 Use in	combination with -nosound and -vo null
	      for benchmarking only the	video codec.
	      NOTE: With this option MPlayer will also ignore  frame  duration
	      when playing only	video (you can think of	that as	infinite fps).

       -colorkey <number>
	      Changes the colorkey to an RGB value of your  choice.   0x000000
	      is  black	 and 0xffffff is white.	 Only supported	by the cvidix,
	      fbdev, svga, vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover,	 xv  (see  -vo
	      xv:ck), xvmc (see	-vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -nocolorkey
	      Disables	colorkeying.  Only supported by	the cvidix, fbdev, sv-
	      ga, vesa,	winvidix, xmga,	xvidix,	xover,	xv  (see  -vo  xv:ck),
	      xvmc (see	-vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -correct-pts (EXPERIMENTAL)
	      Switches	MPlayer	 to  an	experimental mode where	timestamps for
	      video frames are calculated differently and video	filters	 which
	      add  new	frames	or modify timestamps of	existing ones are sup-
	      ported.  The more	accurate timestamps can	be visible for example
	      when  playing subtitles timed to scene changes with the -ass op-
	      tion.  Without -correct-pts the subtitle timing  will  typically
	      be off by	some frames.  This option does not work	correctly with
	      some demuxers and	codecs.

       -crash-debug (DEBUG CODE)
	      Automatically attaches gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.	 Support  must
	      be compiled in by	configuring with --enable-crash-debug.

       -doubleclick-time
	      Time in milliseconds to recognize	two consecutive	button presses
	      as a double-click	(default: 300).	 Set to	0 to let your  window-
	      ing system decide	what a double-click is (-vo directx only).
	      NOTE:  You  will	get  slightly different	behaviour depending on
	      whether you bind MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or MOUSE_BTN0-MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.

       -edlout <filename>
	      Creates a	new file and writes edit decision list	(EDL)  records
	      to  it.  During playback,	the user hits 'i' to mark the start or
	      end of a skip block.  This provides a starting point from	 which
	      the user can fine-tune EDL entries later.	 See http://www.mplay-
	      erhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for	details.

       -edl-backward-delay <number>
	      When using EDL during playback and jumping backwards it is  pos-
	      sible  to	 end  up in the	middle of an EDL record.  In that case
	      MPlayer will seek	further	backwards to the start position	of the
	      EDL  record and then immediately skip the	scene specified	in the
	      EDL record.  To avoid this kind of behavior, MPlayer jumps to  a
	      fixed  time  interval  before the	start of the EDL record.  This
	      parameter	allows you to specify that time	 interval  in  seconds
	      (default:	2 seconds).

       -edl-start-pts
	      Adjust  positions	 in  EDL  records  according to	playing	file's
	      start time.  Some	formats, especially MPEG TS usually start with
	      non-zero PTS values and when producing EDL file with -edlout op-
	      tion, EDL	records	contain	absolute values	that are correct  only
	      for  this	 particular file.  If re-encoded into a	different for-
	      mat, this	EDL file no longer applies.  Specifying	-edl-start-pts
	      will automatically adjust	EDL positions according	to start time:
	      when producing EDL file, it will substract start time from every
	      EDL record, when playing with EDL	file, it will add file's start
	      time to every EDL	position.

       -noedl-start-pts
	      Disable adjusting	EDL positions.

       -enqueue	(GUI only)
	      Enqueue files given on the command line in the playlist  instead
	      of playing them immediately.

       -fixed-vo
	      Enforces	a  fixed video system for multiple files (one (un)ini-
	      tialization for all files).  Therefore only one window  will  be
	      opened  for  all	files.	 Currently  the	 following drivers are
	      fixed-vo compliant: gl, gl_tiled,	 mga,  svga,  x11,  xmga,  xv,
	      xvidix and dfbmga.

       -framedrop  (also  see  -hardframedrop,	experimental  without  -nocor-
       rect-pts)
	      Skip  displaying	some  frames to	maintain A/V sync on slow sys-
	      tems.  Video filters are not applied to  such  frames.   For  B-
	      frames even decoding is skipped completely.

       -(no)gui
	      Enable  or  disable the GUI interface (default depends on	binary
	      name).  Only works as the	first argument on  the	command	 line.
	      Does not work as a config-file option.

       -gui-include <GUI configuration file> (also see -include) (GUI only)
	      Specify  a GUI configuration file	to be parsed after the default
	      gui.conf.

       -h, -help, --help
	      Show short summary of options.

       -hardframedrop (experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
	      More intense frame dropping (breaks decoding).  Leads  to	 image
	      distortion!  Note	that especially	the libmpeg2 decoder may crash
	      with this, so consider using "-vc	ffmpeg12,".

       -heartbeat-cmd
	      Command that is executed every 30	seconds	 during	 playback  via
	      system() - i.e. using the	shell.

	      NOTE: MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your
	      responsibility to	ensure it does	not  cause  security  problems
	      (e.g. make sure to use full paths	if "." is in your path like on
	      Windows).	 It also only works when playing video (i.e. not  with
	      -novideo but works with -vo null).

	      This  can	 be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not sup-
	      port the proper X	API (also  see	-stop-xscreensaver).   If  you
	      think this is too	complicated, ask the author of the screensaver
	      program to support the proper X APIs.

	      EXAMPLE  for  xscreensaver:  mplayer  -heartbeat-cmd   "xscreen-
	      saver-command -deactivate" file

	      EXAMPLE	 for   GNOME   screensaver:   mplayer	-heartbeat-cmd
	      "gnome-screensaver-command -p" file

       -heartbeat-interval
	      Specify how often	the -heartbeat-cmd should be executed, in sec-
	      onds between executions (default:	30.0).

       -identify
	      Shorthand	 for -msglevel identify=4.  Show file parameters in an
	      easily parseable format.	Also prints more detailed  information
	      about subtitle and audio track languages and IDs.	 In some cases
	      you can get more information by using -msglevel identify=6.  For
	      example, for a DVD or Blu-ray it will list the chapters and time
	      length of	each title, as well as a disk ID.  Combine  this  with
	      -frames  0  to  suppress	all  video output.  The	wrapper	script
	      TOOLS/midentify.sh  suppresses  the  other  MPlayer  output  and
	      (hopefully) shellescapes the filenames.

       -idle (also see -slave)
	      Makes  MPlayer  wait  idly  instead of quitting when there is no
	      file to play.  Mostly useful in slave mode where MPlayer can  be
	      controlled through input commands.
	      For gmplayer -idle is the	default, -noidle will quit the GUI af-
	      ter all files have been played.

       -input <commands>
	      This option can be used to configure certain parts of the	 input
	      system.  Paths are relative to ~/.mplayer/.
	      NOTE: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

	      Available	commands are:

		 conf=<filename>
		      Specify  input configuration file	other than the default
		      ~/.mplayer/input.conf.  ~/.mplayer/<filename> is assumed
		      if no full path is given.
		 ar-dev=<device>
		      Device  to  be  used for Apple IR	Remote (default	is au-
		      todetected, Linux	only).
		 ar-delay
		      Delay in milliseconds before we start  to	 autorepeat  a
		      key (0 to	disable).
		 ar-rate
		      Number  of key presses to	generate per second on autore-
		      peat.
		 (no)default-bindings
		      Use the key bindings that	MPlayer	ships with by default.
		 keylist
		      Prints all keys that can be bound	to commands.
		 cmdlist
		      Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
		 js-dev
		      Specifies	 the joystick device to	use (default: /dev/in-
		      put/js0).
		 file=<filename>
		      Read commands from the given file.  Mostly useful	with a
		      FIFO.
		      NOTE:  When  the given file is a FIFO MPlayer opens both
		      ends so you can do several 'echo "seek  10"  >  mp_pipe'
		      and the pipe will	stay valid.

       -key-fifo-size <2-65000>
	      Specify  the  size of the	FIFO that buffers key events (default:
	      7).  A FIFO of size n can	buffer (n-1) events.   If  it  is  too
	      small  some  events  may be lost.	 If it is too big, MPlayer may
	      seem to hang while it processes the buffered events.  To get the
	      same  behavior as	before this option was introduced, set it to 2
	      for Linux	or 1024	for Windows.  For small	value you should  dis-
	      able  double-clicks by setting -doubleclick-time to 0 so they do
	      not compete with regular events for buffer space.

       -lircconf <filename> (LIRC only)
	      Specifies	a configuration	file for LIRC (default:	~/.lircrc).

       -list-properties
	      Print a list of the available properties.

       -loop <number>
	      Loops movie playback <number> times.  0 means forever.

       -menu (OSD menu only)
	      Turn on OSD menu support.

       -menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only)
	      Use an alternative menu.conf.

       -menu-chroot <path> (OSD	menu only)
	      Chroot the file selection	menu to	a specific location.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -menu-chroot /home
		      Will restrict the	file selection menu to /home and down-
		      ward  (i.e.  no  access  to  /  will  be	possible,  but
		      /home/user_name will).

       -menu-keepdir (OSD menu only)
	      File browser starts from the last	known location instead of cur-
	      rent directory.

       -menu-root <value> (OSD menu only)
	      Specify the main menu.

       -menu-startup (OSD menu only)
	      Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

       -mouse-movements
	      Permit  MPlayer  to receive pointer events reported by the video
	      output driver.  Necessary	to select the buttons  in  DVD	menus.
	      Supported	 for  X11-based	 VOs  (x11, xv,	xvmc, etc) and the gl,
	      gl_tiled,	direct3d and corevideo VOs.

       -noar  Turns off	AppleIR	remote support.

       -noconsolecontrols
	      Prevent MPlayer from reading key	events	from  standard	input.
	      Useful when reading data from standard input.  This is automati-
	      cally enabled when - is found on the command  line.   There  are
	      situations  where	 you have to set it manually, e.g. if you open
	      /dev/stdin (or the equivalent on your system), use  stdin	 in  a
	      playlist	or intend to read from stdin later on via the loadfile
	      or loadlist slave	commands.

       -nojoystick
	      Turns off	joystick support.

       -nolirc
	      Turns off	LIRC support.

       -nomouseinput
	      Disable mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp's  context
	      menu relies on this option).

       -rtc (RTC only)
	      Turns  on	 usage of the Linux RTC	(realtime clock	- /dev/rtc) as
	      timing mechanism.	 This wakes up the process every  1/1024  sec-
	      onds  to check the current time.	Useless	with modern Linux ker-
	      nels configured for desktop use as  they	already	 wake  up  the
	      process with similar accuracy when using normal timed sleep.

       -pausing	<0-3> (MPlayer only)
	      Specifies	 the  default  pausing	behaviour  of  commands,  i.e.
	      whether MPlayer will continue playback or	stay paused after  the
	      command  has  finished.  See DOCS/tech/slave.txt for further de-
	      tails.
		 0    resume
		 1    pause (pausing)
		 2    keep the paused /	playing	status (pausing_keep)
		 3    toggle the paused	/ playing status (pausing_toggle)
		 4    pause   without	frame	step   (experimental)	(paus-
		      ing_keep_force)

       -playing-msg <string>
	      Print  out a string before starting playback.  The following ex-
	      pansions are supported:

		 ${NAME}
		      Expand to	the value of the property NAME.

		 ?(NAME:TEXT)
		      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

		 ?(!NAME:TEXT)
		      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is not  available.

       -playlist <filename>
	      Play  files  according to	a playlist file	(ASX, Winamp, SMIL, or
	      one-file-per-line	format).
	      WARNING: The way MPlayer parses and uses playlist	files  is  not
	      safe  against  maliciously  constructed  files.	Such files may
	      trigger harmful actions.	This has been the case for all MPlayer
	      versions,	 but  unfortunately  this fact was not well documented
	      earlier, and some	people have even misguidedly  recommended  use
	      of  -playlist with untrusted sources.  Do	NOT use	-playlist with
	      random internet sources or files you don't trust!
	      NOTE: This option	is considered an entry so options found	 after
	      it will apply only to the	elements of this playlist.
	      FIXME: This needs	to be clarified	and documented thoroughly.

       -allow-dangerous-playlist-parsing
	      This enables parsing any file as a playlist if e.g. a server ad-
	      vertises a file as  playlist.   Only  enable  if	you  know  all
	      servers  involved	 are  trustworthy.  MPlayer's playlist code is
	      not designed to handle malicious playlist	files.

       -rtc-device <device>
	      Use the specified	device for RTC timing.

       -shuffle
	      Play files in random order.

       -skin <name> (GUI only)
	      Loads a skin from	the directory given as parameter below the de-
	      fault  skin directories, ~/.mplayer/skins/ and /usr/local/share/
	      mplayer/skins/.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -skin fittyfene
		      Tries ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene and afterwards /usr/lo-
		      cal/share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene.

       -slave (also see	-input)
	      Switches	on slave mode, in which	MPlayer	works as a backend for
	      other programs.  Instead of intercepting keyboard	events,	MPlay-
	      er will read commands separated by a newline (\n)	from stdin.
	      NOTE:  See  -input  cmdlist  for	a  list	 of slave commands and
	      DOCS/tech/slave.txt for their description.  Also,	 this  is  not
	      intended to disable other	inputs,	e.g. via the video window, use
	      some other method	like -input  nodefault-bindings:conf=/dev/null
	      for that.

       -softsleep
	      Time  frames  by repeatedly checking the current time instead of
	      asking the kernel	to wake	up MPlayer at the correct time.	  Use-
	      ful  if  your  kernel timing is imprecise	and you	cannot use the
	      RTC either.  Comes at the	price of higher	CPU consumption.

       -sstep <sec>
	      Skip <sec> seconds after every frame.  The normal	 framerate  of
	      the  movie  is  kept, so playback	is accelerated.	 Since MPlayer
	      can only seek to the next	keyframe this may be inexact.

       -udp-ip <ip>
	      Sets the destination address for datagrams sent by the -udp-mas-
	      ter.   Setting  it to a broadcast	address	allows multiple	slaves
	      having the same broadcast	address	to sync	 to  the  master  (de-
	      fault: 127.0.0.1).

       -udp-master
	      Send a datagram to -udp-ip on -udp-port just before playing each
	      frame.  The datagram indicates  the  master's  position  in  the
	      file.

       -udp-port <port>
	      Sets the destination port	for datagrams sent by the -udp-master,
	      and the port a -udp-slave	listens	on (default: 23867).

       -udp-seek-threshold <sec>
	      When the master seeks, the slave has to decide whether  to  seek
	      as  well,	 or to catch up	by decoding frames without pausing be-
	      tween frames.  If	the master is more  than  <sec>	 seconds  away
	      from  the	slave, the slave seeks.	 Otherwise, it "runs" to catch
	      up or waits for the master.  This	should almost always  be  left
	      at its default setting of	1 second.

       -udp-slave
	      Listen on	-udp-port and match the	master's position.

DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS
       -a52drc <level>
	      Select  the  Dynamic  Range  Compression	level  for  AC-3 audio
	      streams.	<level>	is a float value ranging from 0	to 1, where  0
	      means  no	 compression  and  1 (which is the default) means full
	      compression (make	loud passages more  silent  and	 vice  versa).
	      Values  up  to 2 are also	accepted, but are purely experimental.
	      This option only shows an	effect if the AC-3 stream contains the
	      required range compression information.

       -aid <ID> (also see -alang)
	      Select  audio channel (MPEG: 0-31, AVI/OGM: 1-99,	ASF/RM:	0-127,
	      VOB(AC-3):  128-159,  VOB(LPCM):	160-191,   MPEG-TS   17-8190).
	      MPlayer  prints the available audio IDs when run in verbose (-v)
	      mode.  When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use
	      the first	program	(if present) with the chosen audio stream.

       -ausid <ID> (also see -alang)
	      Select  audio  substream	channel.  Currently the	valid range is
	      0x55..0x75 and applies only to MPEG-TS when handled by  the  na-
	      tive  demuxer  (not by libavformat).  The	format type may	not be
	      correctly	identified because of how this	information  (or  lack
	      thereof)	is embedded in the stream, but it will demux correctly
	      the audio	streams	when multiple substreams are present.  MPlayer
	      prints the available substream IDs when run with -identify.

       -alang <language	code[,language code,...]> (also	see -aid)
	      Specify  a  priority  list of audio languages to use.  Different
	      container	formats	employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
	      639-1  two  letter language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use
	      ISO 639-2	three letter language codes while OGM uses a free-form
	      identifier.   MPlayer prints the available languages when	run in
	      verbose (-v) mode.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer dvd://1 -alang	hu,en
		      Chooses the Hungarian language track on a	DVD and	 falls
		      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
		 mplayer -alang	jpn example.mkv
		      Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       -audio-demuxer <[+]name>	(-audiofile only)
	      Force  audio  demuxer type for -audiofile.  Use a	'+' before the
	      name to force it,	this will skip some checks!  Give the  demuxer
	      name  as	printed	by -audio-demuxer help.	 For backward compati-
	      bility it	also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in  libmpdemux/
	      demuxer.h.   -audio-demuxer  audio  or  -audio-demuxer 17	forces
	      MP3.

       -audiofile <filename>
	      Play audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg	Vorbis)	 while
	      viewing a	movie.

       -audiofile-cache	<kBytes>
	      Enables  caching	for  the  stream used by -audiofile, using the
	      specified	amount of memory.

       -reuse-socket (udp:// only)
	      Allows a socket to be reused by other processes as soon as it is
	      closed.

       -bandwidth <Bytes> (network only)
	      Specify the maximum bandwidth for	network	streaming (for servers
	      that are able to send content in different bitrates).  Useful if
	      you  want	to watch live streamed media behind a slow connection.
	      With Real	RTSP streaming,	it is also used	to set the maximum de-
	      livery  bandwidth	allowing faster	cache filling and stream dump-
	      ing.

       -bluray-angle <angle ID>	(Blu-ray only)
	      Some Blu-ray discs contain scenes	that can be viewed from	multi-
	      ple  angles.  Here you can tell MPlayer which angles to use (de-
	      fault: 1).

       -bluray-device <path to disc> (Blu-ray only)
	      Specify the Blu-ray disc location.  Must	be  a  directory  with
	      Blu-ray structure.

       -cache <kBytes>
	      This  option  specifies  how much	memory (in kBytes) to use when
	      precaching a file	or URL.	 Especially useful on slow media.

       -nocache
	      Turns off	caching.

       -cache-min <percentage>
	      Playback will start when the cache has been filled up  to	 <per-
	      centage> of the total.

       -cache-seek-min <percentage>
	      If a seek	is to be made to a position within <percentage>	of the
	      cache size from the current position, MPlayer will wait for  the
	      cache  to	 be  filled  to	this position rather than performing a
	      stream seek (default: 50).

       -capture	(MPlayer only)
	      Allows capturing the primary stream (not additional audio	tracks
	      or  other	 kind of streams) into the file	specified by -dumpfile
	      or by default.  If this option is	given, capturing can be	start-
	      ed  and  stopped by pressing the key bound to this function (see
	      section INTERACTIVE CONTROL).  Same  as  for  -dumpstream,  this
	      will  likely  not	 produce usable	results	for anything else than
	      MPEG streams.  Note that,	due to cache latencies,	captured  data
	      may begin	and end	somewhat delayed compared to what you see dis-
	      played.

       -cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only)
	      This option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature  of
	      MPlayer.

	      Available	options	are:

		 speed=<value>
		      Set CD spin speed.

		 paranoia=<0-2>
		      Set  paranoia  level.  Values other than 0 seem to break
		      playback of anything but the first track.
			 0: disable checking (default)
			 1: overlap checking only
			 2: full data correction and verification

		 generic-dev=<value>
		      Use specified generic SCSI device.

		 sector-size=<value>
		      Set atomic read size.

		 overlap=<value>
		      Force minimum  overlap  search  during  verification  to
		      <value> sectors.

		 toc-bias
		      Assume  that the beginning offset	of track 1 as reported
		      in the TOC will be addressed as  LBA  0.	 Some  Toshiba
		      drives need this for getting track boundaries correct.

		 toc-offset=<value>
		      Add <value> sectors to the values	reported when address-
		      ing tracks.  May be negative.

		 (no)skip
		      (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       -cdrom-device <path to device>
	      Specify the CD-ROM device	(default: /dev/cd0).

       -channels <number> (also	see -af	channels)
	      Request the number of playback channels (default:	 2).   MPlayer
	      asks  the	 decoder  to decode the	audio into as many channels as
	      specified.  Then it is up	to the decoder to fulfill the require-
	      ment.   This  is usually only important when playing videos with
	      AC-3 audio (like DVDs).  In that case liba52 does	 the  decoding
	      by  default and correctly	downmixes the audio into the requested
	      number of	channels.  To directly control the  number  of	output
	      channels independently of	how many channels are decoded, use the
	      channels filter.
	      NOTE: This option	is honored  by	codecs	(AC-3  only),  filters
	      (surround) and audio output drivers (OSS at least).

	      Available	options	are:

		 2    stereo
		 4    surround
		 6    full 5.1
		 8    full 7.1

       -chapter	<chapter ID>[-<endchapter ID>]
	      Specify  which  chapter to start playing at.  Optionally specify
	      which chapter to end playing at (default:	1).

       -cookies	(network only)
	      Send cookies when	making HTTP requests.

       -cookies-file <filename>	(network only)
	      Read HTTP	cookies	 from  <filename>  (default:  ~/.mozilla/  and
	      ~/.netscape/) and	skip reading from default locations.  The file
	      is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       -delay <sec>
	      audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
	      Negative values delay the	audio, and positive values  delay  the
	      video.  Note that	this is	the exact opposite of the -audio-delay
	      MEncoder option.
	      NOTE: When used with MEncoder, this is not  guaranteed  to  work
	      correctly	with -ovc copy;	use -audio-delay instead.

       -ignore-start
	      Ignore the specified starting time for streams in	AVI files.  In
	      MPlayer, this nullifies stream delays in files encoded with  the
	      -audio-delay option.  During encoding, this option prevents MEn-
	      coder from transferring original stream start times to  the  new
	      file;  the  -audio-delay option is not affected.	Note that MEn-
	      coder sometimes adjusts stream starting times  automatically  to
	      compensate  for  anticipated decoding delays, so do not use this
	      option for encoding without testing it first.

       -demuxer	<[+]name>
	      Force demuxer type.  Use a '+' before the	name to	force it, this
	      will skip	some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -de-
	      muxer help.  For backward	compatibility it also accepts the  de-
	      muxer ID as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.

       -dumpaudio (MPlayer only)
	      Dumps  raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful with
	      MPEG/AC-3, in most other cases the resulting file	 will  not  be
	      playable).  If you give more than	one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
	      -dumpstream on the command line only the last one	will work.

       -dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only)
	      Specify which file MPlayer should	dump to.  Should be  used  to-
	      gether with -dumpaudio / -dumpvideo / -dumpstream	/ -capture.

       -dumpstream (MPlayer only)
	      Dumps the	raw stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from
	      DVD or network.  If  you	give  more  than  one  of  -dumpaudio,
	      -dumpvideo,  -dumpstream	on  the	command	line only the last one
	      will work.

       -dumpvideo (MPlayer only)
	      Dump raw compressed video	stream to ./stream.dump	(not very  us-
	      able).   If  you	give  more than	one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
	      -dumpstream on the command line only the last one	will work.

       -dvbin <options>	(DVB only)
	      Pass the following parameters to the DVB input module, in	 order
	      to override the default ones:

		 card=<1-4>
		      Specifies	using card number 1-4 (default:	1).
		 file=<filename>
		      Instructs	 MPlayer to read the channels list from	<file-
		      name>.	     Default	    is	      ~/.mplayer/chan-
		      nels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc}  (based  on your card type)
		      or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf as a last resort.
		 timeout=<1-240>
		      Maximum number of	seconds	to wait	when trying to tune  a
		      frequency	before giving up (default: 30).

       -dvd-device <path to device> (DVD only)
	      Specify  the  DVD	 device	 or .iso filename (default: /dev/cd0).
	      You can also specify a directory that contains files  previously
	      copied directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

       -dvd-speed <factor or speed in KB/s> (DVD only)
	      Try  to limit DVD	speed (default:	0, no change).	DVD base speed
	      is about 1350KB/s, so a 8x  drive	 can  read  at	speeds	up  to
	      10800KB/s.   Slower speeds make the drive	more quiet, for	watch-
	      ing DVDs 2700KB/s	should be quiet	and fast enough.  MPlayer  re-
	      sets the speed to	the drive default value	on close.  Values less
	      than 100 mean multiples of 1350KB/s, i.e.	-dvd-speed  8  selects
	      10800KB/s.
	      NOTE:  You  need	write  access  to the DVD device to change the
	      speed.

       -dvdangle <angle	ID> (DVD only)
	      Some DVD discs contain scenes that can be	viewed	from  multiple
	      angles.  Here you	can tell MPlayer which angles to use (default:
	      1).

       -edl <filename>
	      Enables edit decision list (EDL) actions during playback.	 Video
	      will be skipped over and audio will be muted and unmuted accord-
	      ing to the entries in the	given file.   See  http://www.mplayer-
	      hq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on how to	use this.

       -endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see -ss and -sb)
	      Stop at given time or byte position.
	      NOTE:  Byte position may not be accurate,	as it can only stop at
	      a	frame boundary.	 When used in  conjunction  with  -ss  option,
	      -endpos time will	shift forward by seconds specified with	-ss if
	      not a byte position.  In addition	it may not work	well or	not at
	      all when used with any of	the -dump options.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -endpos 56
		      Stop at 56 seconds.
		 -endpos 01:10:00
		      Stop at 1	hour 10	minutes.
		 -ss 10	-endpos	56
		      Stop at 1	minute 6 seconds.
		 mplayer -endpos 100mb
		      Stop playback after reading 100MB	of the input file.
		 mencoder -endpos 100mb
		      Encode only 100 MB.

       -forceidx
	      Force index rebuilding.  Useful for files	with broken index (A/V
	      desync, etc).  This will enable seeking in files	where  seeking
	      was  not	possible.  You can fix the index permanently with MEn-
	      coder (see the documentation).
	      NOTE: This option	only works if the  underlying  media  supports
	      seeking (i.e. not	with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -fps <float value>
	      Override video framerate.	 Useful	if the original	value is wrong
	      or missing.

       -frames <number>
	      Play/convert only	first <number> frames, then quit.

       -hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only)
	      Hi-res MP3 seeking.  Enabled when	playing	from an	 external  MP3
	      file,  as	we need	to seek	to the very exact position to keep A/V
	      sync.  Can be slow especially when seeking  backwards  since  it
	      has  to rewind to	the beginning to find an exact frame position.

       -http-header-fields <field1,field2>
	      Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.

	      EXAMPLE:
		      mplayer  -http-header-fields  'Field1:  value1','Field2:
		      value2' http://localhost:1234
		      Will generate HTTP request:
			 GET / HTTP/1.0
			 Host: localhost:1234
			 User-Agent: MPlayer
			 Icy-MetaData: 1
			 Field1: value1
			 Field2: value2
			 Connection: close

       -idx (also see -forceidx)
	      Rebuilds index of	files if no index was found, allowing seeking.
	      Useful with broken/incomplete downloads, or badly	created	files.
	      NOTE:  This  option  only	works if the underlying	media supports
	      seeking (i.e. not	with stdin, pipe, etc).

       -noidx Skip rebuilding index file.  MEncoder skips  writing  the	 index
	      with this	option.

       -ipv4-only-proxy	(network only)
	      Skip  the	 proxy	for IPv6 addresses.  It	will still be used for
	      IPv4 connections.

       -loadidx	<index file>
	      The file from which to  read  the	 video	index  data  saved  by
	      -saveidx.	  This	index will be used for seeking,	overriding any
	      index data contained in the AVI itself.  MPlayer will  not  pre-
	      vent  you	 from loading an index file generated from a different
	      AVI, but this is sure to cause unfavorable results.
	      NOTE: This option	is obsolete now	that MPlayer has OpenDML  sup-
	      port.

       -mc <seconds/frame>
	      maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in	seconds)
	      -mc  0 should always be combined with -noskip for	mencoder, oth-
	      erwise it	will almost certainly cause A-V	desync.

       -mf <option1:option2:...>
	      Used when	decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

	      Available	options	are:

		 w=<value>
		      input file width (default: autodetect)
		 h=<value>
		      input file height	(default: autodetect)
		 fps=<value>
		      output fps (default: 25)
		 type=<value>
		      input file type (available: jpeg,	png, tga, sgi)

       -ni    Force treating files as non-interleaved.	In  particular	forces
	      usage  of	non-interleaved	AVI parser (fixes playback of some bad
	      AVI files).  Can also help playing files that otherwise play au-
	      dio and video alternating	instead	of at the same time.  This can
	      significantly increase memory usage, thus	it would be preferable
	      to fix interleaving of affected files.

       -nobps (AVI only)
	      Do  not  use average byte/second value for A-V sync.  Helps with
	      some AVI files with broken header.

       -noextbased
	      Disables extension-based demuxer selection.   By	default,  when
	      the  file	 type  (demuxer) cannot	be detected reliably (the file
	      has no header or it is not reliable enough), the filename	exten-
	      sion  is	used to	select the demuxer.  Always falls back on con-
	      tent-based demuxer selection.

       -passwd <password> (also	see -user) (network only)
	      Specify password for HTTP	authentication.

       -prefer-ipv4 (network only)
	      Use IPv4 on network connections.	Falls back on  IPv6  automati-
	      cally.

       -prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only)
	      Use  IPv6	 on network connections.  Falls	back on	IPv4 automati-
	      cally.

       -psprobe	<byte position>
	      When playing an MPEG-PS or MPEG-PES streams,  this  option  lets
	      you  specify  how	 many  bytes in	the stream you want MPlayer to
	      scan in order to identify	the video codec	used.  This option  is
	      needed to	play EVO or VDR	files containing H.264 streams.

       -pvr <option1:option2:...> (PVR only)
	      This option tunes	various	encoding properties of the PVR capture
	      module.  It has to be used with any hardware MPEG	encoder	 based
	      card   supported	by  the	 V4L2  driver.	 The  Hauppauge	 WinTV
	      PVR-150/250/350/500 and all IVTV based cards are	known  as  PVR
	      capture cards.  Be aware that only Linux 2.6.18 kernel and above
	      is able to handle	MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.	 For  hardware
	      capture of an MPEG stream	and watching it	with MPlayer/MEncoder,
	      use 'pvr://' as a	movie URL.

	      Available	options	are:

		 aspect=<0-3>
		      Specify input aspect ratio:
			 0: 1:1
			 1: 4:3	(default)
			 2: 16:9
			 3: 2.21:1

		 arate=<32000-48000>
		      Specify encoding audio rate (default: 48000  Hz,	avail-
		      able: 32000, 44100 and 48000 Hz).

		 alayer=<1-5>
		      Specify MPEG audio layer encoding	(default: 2).

		 abitrate=<32-448>
		      Specify audio encoding bitrate in	kbps (default: 384).

		 amode=<value>
		      Specify  audio  encoding	mode.  Available preset	values
		      are 'stereo', 'joint_stereo',  'dual'  and  'mono'  (de-
		      fault: stereo).

		 vbitrate=<value>
		      Specify average video bitrate encoding in	Mbps (default:
		      6).

		 vmode=<value>
		      Specify video encoding mode:
			 vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
			 cbr: Constant BitRate

		 vpeak=<value>
		      Specify peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only	useful
		      for VBR encoding,	default: 9.6).

		 fmt=<value>
		      Choose an	MPEG format for	encoding:
			 ps:	MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
			 ts:	MPEG-2 Transport Stream
			 mpeg1:	MPEG-1 System Stream
			 vcd:	Video CD compatible stream
			 svcd:	Super Video CD compatible stream
			 dvd:	DVD compatible stream

       -radio <option1:option2:...> (radio only)
	      These  options  set various parameters of	the radio capture mod-
	      ule.  For	listening to radio with	MPlayer	use 'radio://<frequen-
	      cy>' (if channels	option is not given) or	'radio://<channel_num-
	      ber>' (if	channels option	is given) as a movie URL.  You can see
	      allowed  frequency range by running MPlayer with '-v'.  To start
	      the grabbing subsystem, use 'radio://<frequency or channel>/cap-
	      ture'.   If  the	capture	keyword	is not given you can listen to
	      radio using the line-in cable only.  Using capture to listen  is
	      not  recommended	due  to	 synchronization problems, which makes
	      this process uncomfortable.

	      Available	options	are:

		 device=<value>
		      Radio device to use (default: /dev/radio0	for Linux  and
		      /dev/tuner0 for *BSD).

		 driver=<value>
		      Radio  driver to use (default: v4l2 if available,	other-
		      wise v4l).  Currently, v4l and v4l2 drivers are support-
		      ed.

		 volume=<0..100>
		      sound volume for radio device (default 100)

		 freq_min=<value> (*BSD	BT848 only)
		      minimum allowed frequency	(default: 87.50)

		 freq_max=<value> (*BSD	BT848 only)
		      maximum allowed frequency	(default: 108.00)

		 channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
		      Set  channel  list.   Use	_ for spaces in	names (or play
		      with quoting ;-).	 The channel names will	then be	 writ-
		      ten  using OSD and the slave commands radio_step_channel
		      and radio_set_channel will be usable for a  remote  con-
		      trol  (see LIRC).	 If given, number in movie URL will be
		      treated as channel position in channel list.
		      EXAMPLE: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

		 adevice=<value> (radio	capture	only)
		      Name of device to	capture	sound from.   Without  such  a
		      name  capture will be disabled, even if the capture key-
		      word appears in the URL.	For ALSA devices use it	in the
		      form  hw=<card>.<device>.	 If the	device name contains a
		      '=', the module will use ALSA to capture,	otherwise OSS.

		 arate=<value> (radio capture only)
		      Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
		      NOTE:  When  using  audio	 capture  set  also  -rawaudio
		      rate=<value> option with the same	value  as  arate.   If
		      you  have	 problems with sound speed (runs too quickly),
		      try  to  play   with   different	 rate	values	 (e.g.
		      48000,44100,32000,...).

		 achannels=<value> (radio capture only)
		      Number of	audio channels to capture.

       -rawaudio <option1:option2:...>
	      This option lets you play	raw audio files.  You have to use -de-
	      muxer rawaudio as	well.  It may also be used to play  audio  CDs
	      which are	not 44kHz 16-bit stereo.  For playing raw AC-3 streams
	      use -rawaudio format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

	      Available	options	are:

		 channels=<value>
		      number of	channels
		 rate=<value>
		      rate in samples per second
		 samplesize=<value>
		      sample size in bytes
		 bitrate=<value>
		      bitrate for rawaudio files
		 format=<value>
		      fourcc in	hex

       -rawvideo <option1:option2:...>
	      This option lets you play	raw video files.  You have to use -de-
	      muxer rawvideo as	well.

	      Available	options	are:

		 fps=<value>
		      rate in frames per second	(default: 25.0)
		 sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
		      set standard image size
		 w=<value>
		      image width in pixels
		 h=<value>
		      image height in pixels
		 i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
		      set colorspace
		 format=<value>
		      colorspace  (fourcc)  in	hex  or	 string	constant.  Use
		      -rawvideo	format=help for	a list of possible strings.
		 size=<value>
		      frame size in Bytes

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo	-rawvideo qcif
		      Play the famous "foreman"	sample video.
		 mplayer  sample-720x576.yuv   -demuxer	  rawvideo   -rawvideo
		 w=720:h=576
		      Play a raw YUV sample.

       -referrer <string> (network only)
	      Specify a	referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

       -rtsp-port
	      Used with	'rtsp://' URLs to  force  the  client's	 port  number.
	      This option may be useful	if you are behind a router and want to
	      forward the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.

       -rtsp-destination
	      Used with	'rtsp://' URLs to force	the destination	IP address  to
	      be bound.	 This option may be useful with	some RTSP server which
	      do not send RTP packets to the right interface.  If the  connec-
	      tion  to	the  RTSP server fails,	use -v to see which IP address
	      MPlayer tries to bind to and try to force	it to one assigned  to
	      your computer instead.

       -rtsp-stream-over-tcp (LIVE555 and NEMESI only)
	      Used  with 'rtsp://' URLs	to specify that	the resulting incoming
	      RTP and RTCP packets be streamed over TCP	(using	the  same  TCP
	      connection  as  RTSP).   This option may be useful if you	have a
	      broken internet connection that does not pass incoming UDP pack-
	      ets (see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

       -rtsp-stream-over-http (LIVE555 only)
	      Used  with 'http://' URLs	to specify that	the resulting incoming
	      RTP and RTCP packets be streamed over HTTP.

       -saveidx	<filename>
	      Force index rebuilding and dump the index	to  <filename>.	  Cur-
	      rently this only works with AVI files.
	      NOTE:  This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML sup-
	      port.

       -sb <byte position> (also see -ss)
	      Seek to byte position.  Useful for playback from	CD-ROM	images
	      or VOB files with	junk at	the beginning.

       -speed <0.01-100>
	      Slow down	or speed up playback by	the factor given as parameter.
	      Not guaranteed to	 work  correctly  with	-oac  copy.   Add  -af
	      scaletempo to get	past the 4x limit on playback.

       -srate <Hz>
	      Select  the output sample	rate to	be used	(of course sound cards
	      have limits on this).  If	the sample frequency selected is  dif-
	      ferent  from  that of the	current	media, the resample or lavcre-
	      sample audio filter will be inserted into	the audio filter layer
	      to compensate for	the difference.	 The type of resampling	can be
	      controlled by the	-af-adv	option.	 The default  is  fast	resam-
	      pling that may cause distortion.

       -ss <time> (also	see -sb)
	      Seek  to given time position.  Use -ss nopts to disable seeking,
	      -ss 0 has	different behaviour.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ss 56
		      Seeks to 56 seconds.
		 -ss 01:10:00
		      Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

       -tskeepbroken
	      Tells MPlayer not	to discard TS packets reported	as  broken  in
	      the stream.  Sometimes needed to play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

       -tsprobe	<byte position>
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how
	      many bytes in the	stream you want	MPlayer	to search for the  de-
	      sired audio and video IDs.

       -tsprog <1-65534>
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this	option
	      which program (if	present) you want to play.  Can	be  used  with
	      -vid and -aid.

       -tv <option1:option2:...> (TV/PVR only)
	      This  option  tunes various properties of	the TV capture module.
	      For watching TV with MPlayer, use	'tv://'	or 'tv://<channel_num-
	      ber>'  or	 even  'tv://<channel_name>  (see  option channels for
	      channel_name  below)  as	a  movie  URL.	 You  can   also   use
	      'tv:///<input_id>' to start watching a movie from	a composite or
	      S-Video input (see option	input for details).

	      Available	options	are:

		 noaudio
		      no sound

		 automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2	only)
		      If signal	strength reported by device is less than  this
		      value, audio and video will be muted.  In	most cases au-
		      tomute=100 will be enough.  Default is 0 (automute  dis-
		      abled).

		 driver=<value>
		      See  -tv	driver=help for	a list of compiled-in TV input
		      drivers.	available: dummy,  v4l,	 v4l2,	bsdbt848  (de-
		      fault: autodetect)

		 device=<value>
		      Specify TV device	(default: /dev/video0).	 NOTE: For the
		      bsdbt848 driver you can provide both bktr	and tuner  de-
		      vice names separating them with a	comma, tuner after bk-
		      tr (e.g. -tv device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).

		 input=<value>
		      Specify input (default: 0	(TV), see console  output  for
		      available	inputs).

		 freq=<value>
		      Specify	the  frequency	to  set	 the  tuner  to	 (e.g.
		      511.250).	 Not compatible	with the channels parameter.

		 outfmt=<value>
		      Specify the output format	of the	tuner  with  a	preset
		      value  supported	by the V4L driver (yv12, rgb32,	rgb24,
		      rgb16, rgb15, uyvy, yuy2,	i420) or an  arbitrary	format
		      given  as	 hex value.  Try outfmt=help for a list	of all
		      available	formats.

		 width=<value>
		      output window width

		 height=<value>
		      output window height

		 fps=<value>
		      framerate	at which to capture video (frames per second)

		 buffersize=<value>
		      maximum size of the capture  buffer  in  megabytes  (de-
		      fault: dynamical)

		 norm=<value>
		      For  bsdbt848  and  v4l, PAL, SECAM, NTSC	are available.
		      For v4l2,	see the	console	 output	 for  a	 list  of  all
		      available	norms, also see	the normid option below.

		 normid=<value>	(v4l2 only)
		      Sets  the	 TV norm to the	given numeric ID.  The TV norm
		      depends on the capture card.  See	the console output for
		      a	list of	available TV norms.

		 channel=<value>
		      Set tuner	to <value> channel.

		 chanlist=<value>
		      available:  argentina,  australia,  china-bcast, europe-
		      east, europe-west, france, ireland, italy,  japan-bcast,
		      japan-cable,  newzealand,	russia,	southafrica, us-bcast,
		      us-cable,	us-cable-hrc

		 channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
		      Set names	for channels.  NOTE: If	<chan> is  an  integer
		      greater  than  1000, it will be treated as frequency (in
		      kHz) rather than channel name from frequency table.
		      Use _ for	spaces in names	(or  play  with	 quoting  ;-).
		      The  channel  names  will	then be	written	using OSD, and
		      the slave	commands tv_step_channel,  tv_set_channel  and
		      tv_last_channel will be usable for a remote control (see
		      LIRC).  Not compatible with the frequency	parameter.
		      NOTE: The	channel	number will then be  the  position  in
		      the 'channels' list, beginning with 1.
		      EXAMPLE:	  tv://1,    tv://TV1,	  tv_set_channel    1,
		      tv_set_channel TV1

		 [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
		      Set the image equalizer on the card.

		 audiorate=<value>
		      Set input	audio sample rate.

		 forceaudio
		      Capture audio even if there are no audio sources report-
		      ed by v4l.

		 alsa
		      Capture from ALSA.

		 amode=<0-3>
		      Choose an	audio mode:
			 0: mono
			 1: stereo
			 2: language 1
			 3: language 2

		 forcechan=<1-2>
		      By  default, the count of	recorded audio channels	is de-
		      termined automatically by	querying the audio  mode  from
		      the  TV  card.   This  option allows forcing stereo/mono
		      recording	regardless of the amode	option and the	values
		      returned	by  v4l.  This can be used for troubleshooting
		      when the TV card is unable to report the	current	 audio
		      mode.

		 adevice=<value>
		      Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS
		      and a hardware ID	for ALSA.  You must replace any	':' by
		      a	'.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

		 audioid=<value>
		      Choose  an  audio	 output	of the capture card, if	it has
		      more than	one.

		 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535>	(v4l1)

		 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
		      These options set	parameters of the mixer	on  the	 video
		      capture  card.   They  will have no effect, if your card
		      does not have one.  For v4l2 50 maps to the default val-
		      ue of the	control, as reported by	the driver.

		 gain=<0-100> (v4l2)
		      Set  gain	control	for video devices (usually webcams) to
		      the desired value	and switch off automatic  control.   A
		      value of 0 enables automatic control.  If	this option is
		      omitted, gain control will not be	modified.

		 immediatemode=<bool>
		      A	value of 0 means capture and buffer  audio  and	 video
		      together	(default for MEncoder).	 A value of 1 (default
		      for MPlayer) means to do video capture only and let  the
		      audio  go	 through  a loopback cable from	the TV card to
		      the sound	card.

		 mjpeg
		      Use hardware MJPEG compression  (if  the	card  supports
		      it).  When using this option, you	do not need to specify
		      the width	and  height  of	 the  output  window,  because
		      MPlayer will determine it	automatically from the decima-
		      tion value (see below).

		 decimation=<1|2|4>
		      choose the size of the picture that will	be  compressed
		      by hardware MJPEG	compression:
			 1: full size
			     704x576	PAL
			     704x480	NTSC
			 2: medium size
			     352x288	PAL
			     352x240	NTSC
			 4: small size
			     176x144	PAL
			     176x120	NTSC

		 quality=<0-100>
		      Choose  the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60	recom-
		      mended for full size).

		 tdevice=<value>
		      Specify TV teletext  device  (example:  /dev/vbi0)  (de-
		      fault: none).

		 tformat=<format>
		      Specify TV teletext display format (default: 0):
			 0: opaque
			 1: transparent
			 2: opaque with	inverted colors
			 3: transparent	with inverted colors

		 tpage=<100-899>
		      Specify  initial TV teletext page	number (default: 100).

		 tlang=<-1-127>
		      Specify default teletext	language  code	(default:  0),
		      which  will  be used as primary language until a type 28
		      packet is	received.  Useful when the teletext system us-
		      es a non-latin character set, but	language codes are not
		      transmitted via teletext type 28 packets for  some  rea-
		      son.  To see a list of supported language	codes set this
		      option to	-1.

		 hidden_video_renderer (dshow only)
		      Terminate	stream with video  renderer  instead  of  Null
		      renderer (default: off).	Will help if video freezes but
		      audio does not.  NOTE: May not work with -vo directx and
		      -vf crop combination.

		 hidden_vp_renderer (dshow only)
		      Terminate	 VideoPort  pin	stream with video renderer in-
		      stead of removing	it  from  the  graph  (default:	 off).
		      Useful  if  your	card  has a VideoPort pin and video is
		      choppy.  NOTE: May not work with	-vo  directx  and  -vf
		      crop combination.

		 system_clock (dshow only)
		      Use  the	system clock as	sync source instead of the de-
		      fault graph clock	(usually the clock  from  one  of  the
		      live sources in graph).

		 normalize_audio_chunks	(dshow only)
		      Create  audio  chunks  with a time length	equal to video
		      frame time length	(default: off).	 Some audio cards cre-
		      ate audio	chunks about 0.5s in size, resulting in	choppy
		      video when using immediatemode=0.

       -tvscan <option1:option2:...> (TV and MPlayer only)
	      Tune the TV channel scanner.  MPlayer will also print value  for
	      "-tv  channels=" option, including existing and just found chan-
	      nels.

	      Available	suboptions are:

		 autostart
		      Begin channel scanning immediately  after	 startup  (de-
		      fault: disabled).

		 period=<0.1-2.0>
		      Specify  delay in	seconds	before switching to next chan-
		      nel (default: 0.5).   Lower  values  will	 cause	faster
		      scanning,	but can	detect inactive	TV channels as active.

		 threshold=<1-100>
		      Threshold	value for the signal strength (in percent), as
		      reported by the device (default: 50).  A signal strength
		      higher than this value will indicate that	the  currently
		      scanning channel is active.

       -user <username>	(also see -passwd) (network only)
	      Specify username for HTTP	authentication.

       -user-agent <string>
	      Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       -vid <ID>
	      Select  video channel (MPG: 0-15,	ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS: 17-8190).
	      When playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder	will  use  the
	      first program (if	present) with the chosen video stream.

       -vivo <suboption> (DEBUG	CODE)
	      Force  audio parameters for the VIVO demuxer (for	debugging pur-
	      poses).  FIXME: Document this.

OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS
       NOTE: Also see -vf expand.

       -ass (FreeType only)
	      Turn on SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.  With	 this  option,	libass
	      will be used for SSA/ASS external	subtitles and Matroska tracks.
	      You may also want	to use -embeddedfonts.
	      NOTE: Unlike normal OSD, libass uses fontconfig by  default.  To
	      disable it, use -nofontconfig.

       -ass-border-color <value>
	      Sets  the	 border	(outline) color	for text subtitles.  The color
	      format is	RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-bottom-margin <value>
	      Adds a black band	at the bottom of the frame.  The SSA/ASS  ren-
	      derer can	place subtitles	there (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-color <value>
	      Sets  the	 color for text	subtitles.  The	color format is	RRGGB-
	      BAA.

       -ass-font-scale <value>
	      Set the scale coefficient	to be used for fonts  in  the  SSA/ASS
	      renderer.

       -ass-force-style	<[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
	      Override some style or script info parameters.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1
		 -ass-force-style PlayResY=768

       -ass-hinting <type>
	      Set hinting type.	 <type>	can be:
		 0    no hinting
		 1    FreeType autohinter, light mode
		 2    FreeType autohinter, normal mode
		 3    font native hinter
		 0-3 + 4
		      The  same, but hinting will only be performed if the OSD
		      is rendered at screen resolution and will	therefore  not
		      be scaled.
		 The  default  value  is 7 (use	native hinter for unscaled OSD
		 and no	hinting	otherwise).

       -ass-line-spacing <value>
	      Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-styles <filename>
	      Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them
	      for rendering text subtitles.  The syntax	of the file is exactly
	      like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

       -ass-top-margin <value>
	      Adds a black band	at the top of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer
	      can place	toptitles there	(with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-use-margins
	      Enables  placing	toptitles  and subtitles in black borders when
	      they are available.

       -dumpjacosub (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given	subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the  time-based  JACOsub	subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.js
	      file in the current directory.

       -dumpmicrodvdsub	(MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given	subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the MicroDVD subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.sub file	in the
	      current directory.

       -dumpmpsub (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given	subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      MPlayer's	 subtitle format, MPsub.  Creates a dump.mpsub file in
	      the current directory.

       -dumpsami (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given	subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the time-based SAMI subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file
	      in the current directory.

       -dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only)
	      Convert the given	subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to
	      the time-based SubViewer (SRT) subtitle format.  Creates a dump-
	      sub.srt file in the current directory.
	      NOTE: Some broken	hardware players choke on SRT  subtitle	 files
	      with  Unix line endings.	If you are unlucky enough to have such
	      a	box, pass your subtitle	files through unix2dos	or  a  similar
	      program  to replace Unix line endings with DOS/Windows line end-
	      ings.

       -dumpsub	(MPlayer only) (BETA CODE)
	      Dumps the	subtitle substream from	VOB  streams.	Also  see  the
	      -dump*sub	and -vobsubout*	options.

       -embeddedfonts (FreeType	only)
	      Enables  extraction  of  Matroska	 embedded fonts	(default: dis-
	      abled).  These fonts can be used for SSA/ASS subtitle  rendering
	      (-ass  option).	Font files are created in the ~/.mplayer/fonts
	      directory.
	      NOTE: With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer, embedded fonts are	opened
	      directly from memory, and	this option is enabled by default.

       -ffactor	<number>
	      Resample the font	alphamap.  Can be:
		 0    plain white fonts
		 0.75 very narrow black	outline	(default)
		 1    narrow black outline
		 10   bold black outline

       -flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only)
	      Turns on flipping	subtitles using	FriBiDi.

       -noflip-hebrew-commas
	      Change  FriBiDi's	 assumptions about the placements of commas in
	      subtitles.  Use this if commas in	subtitles  are	shown  at  the
	      start of a sentence instead of at	the end.

       -font  <path  to	 font.desc file, path to font (FreeType), font pattern
       (Fontconfig)>
	      Search  for  the	OSD/subtitle fonts in an alternative directory
	      (default for normal  fonts:  ~/.mplayer/font/font.desc,  default
	      for FreeType fonts: ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf, default for Fontcon-
	      fig: "sans-serif").
	      NOTE: With FreeType, this	option determines the path to the font
	      file.   With  Fontconfig,	 this option determines	the Fontconfig
	      font pattern.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
		 -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
		 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans'
		 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans:style=Bold'

       -fontconfig (fontconfig only)
	      Enables the usage	of fontconfig managed fonts (default:  autode-
	      tect).
	      NOTE:  By	 default fontconfig is used for	libass-rendered	subti-
	      tles and not used	for OSD. With -fontconfig it is	used for  both
	      libass  and  OSD,	with -nofontconfig it is not used at all, i.e.
	      only then	-font and -subfont will	work  with  a  given  path  to
	      font.

       -forcedsubsonly
	      Display  only  forced  subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream se-
	      lected by	e.g. -slang.

       -fribidi-charset	<charset name> (FriBiDi	only)
	      Specifies	the character set that will be passed to FriBiDi  when
	      decoding non-UTF-8 subtitles (default: ISO8859-8).

       -ifo <VOBsub IFO	file>
	      Indicate	the  file  that	will be	used to	load palette and frame
	      size for VOBsub subtitles.

       -noautosub
	      Turns off	automatic subtitle file	loading.  Note:	VOBsub	subti-
	      tles are not affected.

       -osd-duration <time>
	      Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       -osd-fractions <0-2>
	      Set how fractions	of seconds of the current timestamp are	print-
	      ed on the	OSD:
		 0    Do not display fractions (default).
		 1    Show the first two decimals.
		 2    Show approximated	frame  count  within  current  second.
		      This  frame count	is not accurate	but only an approxima-
		      tion.  For variable fps, the approximation is  known  to
		      be far off the correct frame count.

       -osdlevel <0-3> (MPlayer	only)
	      Specifies	which mode the OSD should start	in.
		 0    subtitles	only
		 1    volume + seek (default)
		 2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
		 3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

       -overlapsub
	      Allows  the  next	subtitle to be displayed while the current one
	      is still visible (default	is to enable the support only for spe-
	      cific formats).

       -progbar-align <0-100>
	      Specify the vertical alignment of	the progress bar (0: top, 100:
	      bottom, default is 50, i.e. centered).

       -sid <ID> (also see -slang, -vobsubid)
	      Display the subtitle stream specified by <ID>  (0-31).   MPlayer
	      prints the available subtitle IDs	when run in verbose (-v) mode.
	      If you cannot select one of the subtitles	on  a  DVD,  also  try
	      -vobsubid.

       -nosub Disables any otherwise auto-selected internal subtitles (as e.g.
	      the Matroska/mkv demuxer supports).  Use -noautosub  to  disable
	      the loading of external subtitle files.

       -slang <language	code[,language code,...]> (also	see -sid)
	      Specify a	priority list of subtitle languages to use.  Different
	      container	formats	employ different language codes.  DVDs use ISO
	      639-1  two  letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO 639-2 three
	      letter language codes while OGM  uses  a	free-form  identifier.
	      MPlayer  prints the available languages when run in verbose (-v)
	      mode.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer dvd://1 -slang	hu,en
		      Chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on a	DVD and	 falls
		      back on English if Hungarian is not available.
		 mplayer -slang	jpn example.mkv
		      Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       -spuaa <mode>
	      Antialiasing/scaling  mode for DVD/VOBsub.  A value of 16	may be
	      added to <mode> in order to force	scaling	even when original and
	      scaled  frame  size already match.  This can be employed to e.g.
	      smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes are:
		 0    none (fastest, very ugly)
		 1    approximate (broken?)
		 2    full (slow)
		 3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
		 4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

       -spualign <-1-2>
	      Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
		 -1   original position
		  0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
		  1   Align at center.
		  2   Align at bottom.

       -spugauss <0.0-3.0>
	      Variance parameter of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.	 Higher	 means
	      more blur	(default: 1.0).

       -sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...>
	      Use/display  these  subtitle  files.   Only one file can be dis-
	      played at	the same time.

       -sub-bg-alpha <0-255>
	      Specify the alpha	channel	value  for  subtitles  and  OSD	 back-
	      grounds.	Big values mean	more transparency.  0 means completely
	      transparent.

       -sub-bg-color <0-255>
	      Specify the color	value for subtitles and	OSD backgrounds.  Cur-
	      rently  subtitles	 are  grayscale	so this	value is equivalent to
	      the intensity of the color.  255 means white and 0 black.

       -sub-demuxer <[+]name> (-subfile	only) (BETA CODE)
	      Force subtitle demuxer type for -subfile.	 Use a '+' before  the
	      name  to force it, this will skip	some checks!  Give the demuxer
	      name as printed by -sub-demuxer help.  For backward compatibili-
	      ty it also accepts the demuxer ID	as defined in subreader.h.

       -sub-fuzziness <mode>
	      Adjust matching fuzziness	when searching for subtitles (does not
	      apply to VOBsub):
		 0    exact match (default)
		 1    Load all subs containing movie name.
		 2    Load all subs in the current and -sub-paths directories.

       -sub-no-text-pp
	      Disables any kind	of text	post processing	done after loading the
	      subtitles.  Used for debug purposes.

       -subalign <0-2>
	      Specify which edge of the	subtitles should  be  aligned  at  the
	      height given by -subpos.
		 0    Align subtitle top edge (original	behavior).
		 1    Align subtitle center.
		 2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

       -subcc <1-8>
	      Display  DVD  Closed  Caption  (CC) subtitles from the specified
	      channel.	Values 5 to 8 select a mode that can  extract  EIA-608
	      compatibility  streams from EIA-708 data.	 These are not the VOB
	      subtitles, these are special ASCII subtitles for the hearing im-
	      paired encoded in	the VOB	userdata stream	on most	region 1 DVDs.
	      CC subtitles have	not been spotted on DVDs from other regions so
	      far.

       -subcp <codepage> (iconv	only)
	      If  your	system	supports  iconv(3), you	can use	this option to
	      specify the subtitle codepage. It	takes priority over both -utf8
	      and -unicode.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -subcp	latin2
		 -subcp	cp1250

       -subcp enca:<language>:<fallback	codepage> (ENCA	only)
	      You  can	specify	your language using a two letter language code
	      to make ENCA detect the codepage automatically.  If unsure,  en-
	      ter  anything  and  watch	 mplayer  -v output for	available lan-
	      guages.  Use __ (two underscores)	if your	language is  not  sup-
	      ported.	Fallback  codepage specifies the codepage to use, when
	      autodetection fails.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -subcp	enca:cs:latin2
		      Guess the	encoding, assuming the	subtitles  are	Czech,
		      fall back	on latin 2, if the detection fails.
		 -subcp	enca:pl:cp1250
		      Guess the	encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.
		 -subcp	enca:__:latin1
		      Generic detection	(mostly	unicode) with latin1 fallback.

       -sub-paths <path1,path2,...>
	      Specify extra subtitle paths to track in the media directory.

	      EXAMPLE: Assuming	that /path/to/movie/movie.avi  is  played  and
	      -sub-paths sub,subtitles,/tmp/subs is specified, MPlayer search-
	      es for subtitle files in these directories:
		 /path/to/movie/
		 /path/to/movie/sub/
		 /path/to/movie/subtitles/
		 /tmp/subs/
		 ~/.mplayer/sub/

       -subdelay <sec>
	      Delays subtitles by <sec>	seconds.  Can be negative.

       -subfile	<filename> (BETA CODE)
	      Currently	useless.  Same as -audiofile, but for subtitle streams
	      (OggDS?).

       -subfont	<path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)> (FreeType
       only)
	      Sets  the	 subtitle  font	(see -font).  If no -subfont is	given,
	      -font is used.

       -subfont-autoscale <0-3>	(FreeType only)
	      Sets the autoscale mode.
	      NOTE: 0 means that text scale and	OSD scale are font heights  in
	      points.

	      The mode can be:

		 0    no autoscale
		 1    proportional to movie height
		 2    proportional to movie width
		 3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

       -subfont-blur <0-8> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the font blur radius	(default: 2).

       -subfont-encoding <value>
	      Sets  the	 font encoding.	 When set to 'unicode',	all the	glyphs
	      from the font file will be rendered and  unicode	will  be  used
	      (default:	 unicode).  (Without FreeType, setting any other value
	      than  'unicode'  will  disable  unicode  glyphs  rendering   for
	      font.desc	 files.	 With FreeType and for other values than 'uni-
	      code' your system	has to support iconv(3)	in order for  this  to
	      work.)

       -subfont-osd-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the autoscale coefficient of	the OSD	elements (default: 6).

       -subfont-outline	<0-8> (FreeType	only)
	      Sets the font outline thickness (default:	2).

       -subfont-text-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
	      Sets the subtitle	text autoscale coefficient  as	percentage  of
	      the screen size (default:	5).

       -subfps <rate>
	      Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
	      NOTE: <rate> > movie fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based
	      subtitle files and slows them down for time-based	ones.

       -subpos <0-150> (useful with -vf	expand)
	      Specify  the  position of	subtitles on the screen.  The value is
	      the vertical position of the subtitle in % of the	screen height.
	      Values larger than 100 allow part	of the subtitle	to be cut off.

       -subwidth <10-100>
	      Specify the maximum width	of subtitles on	 the  screen.	Useful
	      for  TV-out.  The	value is the width of the subtitle in %	of the
	      screen width.

       -noterm-osd
	      Disable the display of OSD messages on the console when no video
	      output is	available.

       -term-osd-esc <escape sequence>
	      Specify the escape sequence to use before	writing	an OSD message
	      on the console.  The escape sequence should move the pointer  to
	      the  beginning  of  the  line used for the OSD and clear it (de-
	      fault: ^[[A\r^[[K).

       -unicode
	      Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file	as unicode.  (It  will
	      only take	effect if neither -subcp nor -utf8 is given.)

       -unrarexec <path	to unrar executable> (not supported on MingW)
	      Specify  the  path to the	unrar executable so MPlayer can	use it
	      to access	rar-compressed VOBsub files (default: not set, so  the
	      feature  is  off).  The path must	include	the executable's file-
	      name, i.e. /usr/local/bin/unrar.

       -utf8
	      Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file	as UTF-8. (It will on-
	      ly take effect if	-subcp isn't given, and	it takes priority over
	      -unicode.)

       -vobsub <VOBsub file without extension>
	      Specify a	VOBsub file to use for subtitles.  Has to be the  full
	      pathname	without	 extension, i.e. without the '.idx', '.ifo' or
	      '.sub'.

       -vobsubid <0-31>
	      Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -abs <value> (-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)
	      Override audio driver/card buffer	size detection.

       -format <format>	(also see the format audio filter)
	      Select the sample	format used for	output from the	 audio	filter
	      layer to the sound card.	The values that	<format> can adopt are
	      listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       -mixer <device>
	      Use a mixer device different from	the default  /dev/mixer.   For
	      ALSA this	is the mixer name.

       -mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (-ao oss and -ao alsa only)
	      This  option  will  tell	MPlayer	to use a different channel for
	      controlling volume than the default PCM.	Options	 for  OSS  in-
	      clude  vol,  pcm,	line.  For a complete list of options look for
	      SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.  For  ALSA
	      you  can	use  the  names	 e.g. alsamixer	displays, like Master,
	      Line, PCM.
	      NOTE: ALSA mixer channel names followed  by  a  number  must  be
	      specified	 in  the  <name,number>	format,	i.e. a channel labeled
	      'PCM 1' in alsamixer must	be converted to	PCM,1.

       -softvol
	      Force the	use of the software mixer, instead of using the	 sound
	      card mixer.

       -softvol-max <10.0-10000.0>
	      Set  the	maximum	amplification level in percent (default: 110).
	      A	value of 200 will allow	you to adjust the volume up to a maxi-
	      mum of double the	current	level.	With values below 100 the ini-
	      tial volume (which is 100%) will be  above  the  maximum,	 which
	      e.g. the OSD cannot display correctly.

       -volstep	<0-100>
	      Set  the	step  size  of	mixer volume changes in	percent	of the
	      whole range (default: 3).

       -volume <-1-100>	(also see -af volume)
	      Set the startup volume in	the mixer, either hardware or software
	      (if  used	 with -softvol).  A value of -1	(the default) will not
	      change the volume.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       Audio output drivers are	interfaces to different	audio  output  facili-
       ties.  The syntax is:

       -ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
	      Specify a	priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If  the	list  has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back	on drivers not
       contained in the	list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omit-
       ted.
       NOTE: See -ao help for a	list of	compiled-in audio output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
		 -ao alsa,oss,
		      Try the ALSA driver, then	the OSS	driver,	then others.
		 -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
		      Sets  noblock-mode  and  the  device-name	as first card,
		      fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa
	      ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output	driver
		 noblock
		      Sets noblock-mode.
		 device=<device>
		      Sets the device name.  Replace any ',' with '.' and  any
		      ':'  with	'=' in the ALSA	device name.  For hwac3	output
		      via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or  "spdif"  device,	unless
		      you really know how to set it correctly.

       oss
	      OSS audio	output driver
		 <dsp-device>
		      Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
		 <mixer-device>
		      Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
		 <mixer-channel>
		      Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

       sdl (SDL	only)
	      highly  platform	independent SDL	(Simple	Directmedia Layer) li-
	      brary audio output driver
		 <driver>
		      Explicitly choose	the SDL	audio driver to	use  (default:
		      let SDL choose).

       arts
	      audio output through the aRts daemon

       esd
	      audio output through the ESD daemon
		 <server>
		      Explicitly choose	the ESD	server to use (default:	local-
		      host).

       jack
	      audio output through JACK	(Jack Audio Connection Kit)
		 (no)connect
		      Automatically create connections to  output  ports  (de-
		      fault:  enabled).	  When	enabled, the maximum number of
		      output channels will be limited to the number of	avail-
		      able output ports.
		 port=<name>
		      Connects	to  the	 ports	with  the given	name (default:
		      physical ports).
		 name=<client
		      Client name that is passed  to  JACK  (default:  MPlayer
		      [<PID>]).	  Useful  if  you want to have certain connec-
		      tions established	automatically.
		 (no)estimate
		      Estimate the audio delay,	supposed  to  make  the	 video
		      playback smoother	(default: enabled).
		 (no)autostart
		      Automatically  start  jackd  if necessary	(default: dis-
		      abled).  Note that this seems unreliable and  will  spam
		      stdout with server messages.

       nas
	      audio output through NAS

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
	      native Mac OS X audio output driver
		 device_id=<id>
		      ID of output device to use (0 = default device)
		 help List all available output	devices	with their IDs.

       openal
	      Experimental OpenAL audio	output driver

       pulse
	      PulseAudio audio output driver
		 [<host>[:<output sink>[:broken_pause]]]
		      Specify  the host	and optionally output sink to use.  An
		      empty <host> string uses a local connection, "localhost"
		      uses  network  transfer (most likely not what you	want).
		      You can also explicitly force the	workaround for	broken
		      pause  functionality  (default:  autodetected).  To only
		      enable that without specifying a host/sink the syntax is
		      -ao pulse:::broken_pause

       sgi (SGI	only)
	      native SGI audio output driver
		 <output device	name>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  output  device/interface	to use
		      (default:	system-wide default).	For  example,  'Analog
		      Out' or 'Digital Out'.

       sun (Sun	only)
	      native Sun audio output driver
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  audio  device  to use (default:
		      /dev/audio).

       win32 (Windows only)
	      native Windows waveout audio output driver

       dsound (Windows only)
	      DirectX DirectSound audio	output driver
		 device=<devicenum>
		      Sets the device number to	use.  Playing a	file  with  -v
		      will show	a list of available devices.

       kai (OS/2 only)
	      OS/2 KAI audio output driver
		 uniaud
		      Force UNIAUD mode.
		 dart Force DART mode.
		 (no)share
		      Open audio in shareable or exclusive mode.
		 bufsize=<size>
		      Set buffer size to <size>	in samples (default: 2048).

       dart (OS/2 only)
	      OS/2 DART	audio output driver
		 (no)share
		      Open DART	in shareable or	exclusive mode.
		 bufsize=<size>
		      Set buffer size to <size>	in samples (default: 2048).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
	      Creative DXR2 specific output driver

       ivtv (IVTV only)
	      IVTV  specific  MPEG  audio output driver.  Works	with -ac hwmpa
	      only.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
	      Audio output driver for V4L2 cards with hardware MPEG decoder.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
	      Audio output driver for DVB cards	that writes the	output	to  an
	      MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
		 card=<1-4>
		      DVB  card	 to  use if more than one card is present.  If
		      not specified MPlayer will search	the first usable card.
		 file=<filename>
		      output filename

       null
	      Produces	no  audio  output  but maintains video playback	speed.
	      Use -nosound for benchmarking.

       pcm
	      raw PCM/wave file	writer audio output
		 (no)waveheader
		      Include or do not	include	the wave header	(default:  in-
		      cluded).	 When not included, raw	PCM will be generated.
		 file=<filename>
		      Write the	sound to <filename> instead of the default au-
		      diodump.wav.   If	nowaveheader is	specified, the default
		      is audiodump.pcm.
		 fast
		      Try to dump faster than realtime.	 Make sure the	output
		      does  not	 get  truncated	 (usually with "Too many video
		      packets in buffer" message).  It is normal that you  get
		      a	"Your system is	too SLOW to play this!"	message.

       plugin
	      plugin audio output driver

VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       -adapter	<value>
	      Set  the graphics	card that will receive the image.  You can get
	      a	list of	available cards	when you  run  this  option  with  -v.
	      Currently	only works with	the directx video output driver.

       -bpp <depth>
	      Override	the  autodetected  color depth.	 Only supported	by the
	      fbdev, dga, svga,	vesa video output drivers.

       -border
	      Play movie with window border and	decorations.  Since this is on
	      by default, use -noborder	to disable the standard	window decora-
	      tions.

       -brightness <-100-100>
	      Adjust the brightness of the video  signal  (default:  0).   Not
	      supported	by all video output drivers.

       -contrast <-100-100>
	      Adjust  the contrast of the video	signal (default: 0).  Not sup-
	      ported by	all video output drivers.

       -display	<name> (X11 only)
	      Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want
	      to display on.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -display xtest.localdomain:0

       -dr
	      Turns on direct rendering	(not supported by all codecs and video
	      outputs).	 This can result in significantly faster  blitting  on
	      some  systems,  on most the difference will be minimal.  In some
	      cases, particularly with decoders	specifying  their  buffer  re-
	      quirements badly,	it can be vastly slower.
	      WARNING: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

       -dxr2 <option1:option2:...>
	      This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

		 ar-mode=<value>
		      aspect  ratio  mode  (0  = normal, 1 = pan-and-scan, 2 =
		      letterbox	(default))

		 iec958-encoded
		      Set iec958 output	mode to	encoded.

		 iec958-decoded
		      Set iec958 output	mode to	decoded	(default).

		 macrovision=<value>
		      macrovision mode (0 = off	(default), 1 = agc, 2 =	agc  2
		      colorstripe, 3 = agc 4 colorstripe)

		 mute
		      mute sound output

		 unmute
		      unmute sound output

		 ucode=<value>
		      path to the microcode

	      TV output

		 75ire
		      enable 7.5 IRE output mode

		 no75ire
		      disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

		 bw
		      b/w TV output

		 color
		      color TV output (default)

		 interlaced
		      interlaced TV output (default)

		 nointerlaced
		      disable interlaced TV output

		 norm=<value>
		      TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

		 square-pixel
		      set pixel	mode to	square

		 ccir601-pixel
		      set pixel	mode to	ccir601

	      overlay

		 cr-left=<0-500>
		      Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

		 cr-right=<0-500>
		      Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

		 cr-top=<0-500>
		      Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

		 cr-bottom=<0-500>
		      Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

		 ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
		      Set  the	r(ed),	g(reen)	 or b(lue) gain	of the overlay
		      color-key.

		 ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
		      minimum value for	the respective color key

		 ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
		      maximum value for	the respective color key

		 ignore-cache
		      Ignore cached overlay settings.

		 update-cache
		      Update cached overlay settings.

		 ol-osd
		      Enable overlay onscreen display.

		 nool-osd
		      Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

		 ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
		      Adjust the overlay size (h,w) and	position (x,y) in case
		      it does not match	the window perfectly (default: 0).

		 overlay
		      Activate overlay (default).

		 nooverlay
		      Activate TV-out.

		 overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
		      Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

       -fbmode <modename> (-vo fbdev only)
	      Change  video  mode  to the one that is labeled as <modename> in
	      /etc/fb.modes.
	      NOTE: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

       -fbmodeconfig <filename>	(-vo fbdev only)
	      Override framebuffer mode	 configuration	file  (default:	 /etc/
	      fb.modes).

       -fs (also see -zoom)
	      Fullscreen  playback  (centers  movie,  and  paints  black bands
	      around it).  Not supported by all	video output drivers.

       -fsmode-dontuse <0-31> (OBSOLETE, use the -fs option)
	      Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

       -fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only)
	      Specify a	priority list of fullscreen modes to be	used.  You can
	      negate  the modes	by prefixing them with '-'.  If	you experience
	      problems like the	fullscreen window being	covered	by other  win-
	      dows try using a different order.
	      NOTE: See	-fstype	help for a full	list of	available modes.

	      The available types are:

		 above
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
		 below
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
		 fullscreen
		      Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
		 layer
		      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
		 layer=<0...15>
		      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
		 netwm
		      Force NETWM style.
		 none
		      Clear the	list of	modes; you can add modes to enable af-
		      terward.
		 stays_on_top
		      Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
		      Default order, will be used as a fallback	 if  incorrect
		      or unsupported modes are specified.
		 -fullscreen
		      Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

       -fs-border-left <pixels>

       -fs-border-right	<pixels>

       -fs-border-top <pixels>

       -fs-border-bottom <pixels>
	      Specify extra borders in full screen mode.  The borders apply to
	      all displayed elements: video, OSD and EOSD.  The	number of pix-
	      els  is specified	in terms of screen resolution.	Currently only
	      supported	with by	the gl video output driver.

       -gamma <-100-100>
	      Adjust the gamma of the video signal (default: 0).  Not support-
	      ed by all	video output drivers.

       -geometry x[%][:y[%]] or	[WxH][+-x+-y]
	      Adjust where the output is on the	screen initially.  The x and y
	      specifications are in pixels measured from the top-left  of  the
	      screen  to the top-left of the image being displayed, however if
	      a	percentage sign	is given after the argument it turns the value
	      into a percentage	of the screen size in that direction.  It also
	      supports the standard X11	-geometry option format, in which e.g.
	      +10-50 means "place 10 pixels from the left border and 50	pixels
	      from the lower border" and "--20+-10" means "place 20 pixels be-
	      yond  the	right and 10 pixels beyond the top border".  If	an ex-
	      ternal window is specified using the -wid	option,	then the x and
	      y	 coordinates are relative to the top-left corner of the	window
	      rather than the screen.  The coordinates	are  relative  to  the
	      screen given with	-screen	for the	video output drivers that ful-
	      ly support -screen (direct3d,  gl,  gl_tiled,  vdpau,  x11,  xv,
	      xvmc, corevideo).
	      NOTE:  This option is only supported by the x11, xmga, xv, xvmc,
	      xvidix, gl, gl_tiled, direct3d, directx, fbdev, sdl,  dfxfb  and
	      corevideo	video output drivers.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 50:40
		      Places the window	at x=50, y=40.
		 50%:50%
		      Places the window	in the middle of the screen.
		 100%
		      Places the window	at the middle of the right edge	of the
		      screen.
		 100%:100%
		      Places the window	at the	bottom	right  corner  of  the
		      screen.

       -gui-wid	<window	ID> (also see -wid) (GUI only)
	      This tells the GUI to also use an	X11 window and stick itself to
	      the bottom of the	video, which is	useful to embed	a mini-GUI  in
	      a	browser	(with the MPlayer plugin for instance).

       -hue <-100-100>
	      Adjust  the hue of the video signal (default: 0).	 You can get a
	      colored negative of the image with this option.	Not  supported
	      by all video output drivers.

       -monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev	and vesa only)
	      Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

       -monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
	      Specify the horizontal frequency range of	the monitor.

       -monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
	      Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitoraspect <ratio> (also see	-aspect)
	      Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen.  A value of 0
	      disables a previous setting (e.g.	in the	config	file).	 Over-
	      rides the	-monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -monitoraspect	4:3  or	1.3333
		 -monitoraspect	16:9 or	1.7777

       -monitorpixelaspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
	      Set  the	aspect	of a single pixel of your monitor or TV	screen
	      (default:	1).  A value of	1 means	 square	 pixels	 (correct  for
	      (almost?)	all LCDs).

       -name (X11 only)
	      Set the window class name.

       -nodouble
	      Disables	double buffering, mostly for debugging purposes.  Dou-
	      ble buffering fixes flicker by storing two frames	in memory, and
	      displaying  one while decoding another.  It can affect OSD nega-
	      tively, but often	removes	OSD flickering.

       -nograbpointer
	      Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode	change	(-vm).
	      Useful for multihead setups.

       -nokeepaspect
	      Do  not  keep  window  aspect ratio when resizing	windows.  Only
	      works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, directx video output driv-
	      ers.   Furthermore  under	 X11  your window manager has to honor
	      window aspect hints.

       -ontop
	      Makes the	player window stay on top of other windows.  Supported
	      by  video	 output	 drivers which use X11,	except SDL, as well as
	      directx, corevideo, quartz, ggi and gl_tiled.

       -panscan	<0.0-1.0>
	      Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of	e.g. a
	      16:9  movie  to  make it fit a 4:3 display without black bands).
	      The range	controls how much of the image is cropped.  Only works
	      with the directx,	xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl_tiled, quartz, corevideo
	      and xvidix video output drivers.
	      NOTE: Values between -1 and 0 are	allowed	as  well,  but	highly
	      experimental and may crash or worse.  Use	at your	own risk!

       -panscanrange <-19.0-99.0> (experimental)
	      Change the range of the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).
	      Positive values mean multiples of	the default  range.   Negative
	      numbers  mean you	can zoom in up to a factor of -panscanrange+1.
	      E.g. -panscanrange -3 allows a zoom factor of  up	 to  4.	  This
	      feature is experimental.

       -border-pos-x  <0.0-1.0>	 (-vo  gl,xv,xvmc,vdpau,direct3d only, default
       0.5)
	      When  black  borders are added to	adjust for aspect, this	deter-
	      mines where they are placed.  0.0	places borders on  the	right,
	      1.0  on  the  left.  Values outside the range 0.0	- 1.0 will add
	      extra black borders on one side and remove part of the image  on
	      the other	side.

       -border-pos-y  <0.0-1.0>	 (-vo  gl,xv,xvmc,vdpau,direct3d only, default
       0.5)
	      As -border-pos-x but for top/bottom borders.  0.0	places borders
	      on the bottom, 1.0 on the	top.

       -monitor-orientation <0-3> (experimental)
	      Rotate display by	90, 180	or 270 degrees.	 Rotates also the OSD,
	      not  just	 the  video image itself.  Currently only supported by
	      the gl video output driver.  For all  other  video  outputs  -vf
	      ass,expand=osd=1,rotate=n	 can be	used, in the future this might
	      even happen automatically.

       -refreshrate <Hz>
	      Set the monitor refreshrate in Hz.  Currently only supported  by
	      -vo directx combined with	the -vm	option.

       -rootwin
	      Play  movie  in  the  root window	(desktop background).  Desktop
	      background images	may cover  the	movie  window,	though.	  Only
	      works  with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz, corevideo and di-
	      rectx video output drivers.

       -saturation <-100-100>
	      Adjust the saturation of the video signal	(default: 0).  You can
	      get  grayscale  output  with  this option.  Not supported	by all
	      video output drivers.

       -screenh	<pixels>
	      Specify the screen height	for video output drivers which do  not
	      know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -screenw	<pixels>
	      Specify  the  screen width for video output drivers which	do not
	      know the screen resolution like fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -(no)stop-xscreensaver (X11 only)
	      Turns off	xscreensaver at	startup	and turns it on	again on  exit
	      (default:	 enabled).   If	 your screensaver supports neither the
	      XSS nor XResetScreenSaver	API please use -heartbeat-cmd instead.

       -title (also see	-use-filename-title)
	      Set the window title.  Supported by X11-based video output driv-
	      ers.

       -use-filename-title (also see -title)
	      Set the window title using the media filename, when not set with
	      -title.  Supported by X11-based video output drivers.

       -vm
	      Try  to change to	a different video mode.	 Supported by the dga,
	      x11, xv, sdl and directx video output drivers.  If used with the
	      directx  video  output  driver  the -screenw, -screenh, -bpp and
	      -refreshrate options can be used to set the new display mode.

       -vsync
	      Enables VBI for the vesa,	dfbmga and svga	video output  drivers.

       -wid <window ID>	(also see -gui-wid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX only)
	      This  tells  MPlayer to attach to	an existing window.  Useful to
	      embed MPlayer in a browser (e.g. the plugger  extension).	  This
	      option  fills  the given window completely, thus aspect scaling,
	      panscan, etc are no longer handled by MPlayer but	must  be  man-
	      aged by the application that created the window.

       -screen <-2-...>	(alias for -xineramascreen)
	      In  Xinerama  configurations  (i.e.  a single desktop that spans
	      across multiple displays)	this option tells MPlayer which	screen
	      to  display the movie on.	 A value of -2 means fullscreen	across
	      the whole	virtual	display	(in this case Xinerama information  is
	      completely ignored), -1 means fullscreen on the display the win-
	      dow currently is on.  The	initial	position set via the -geometry
	      option  is  relative to the specified screen.  Will usually only
	      work with	"-fstype -fullscreen" or "-fstype none".  This	option
	      is  not suitable to only set the startup screen (because it will
	      always display on	the given screen in fullscreen mode),  -geome-
	      try  is  the  best that is available for that purpose currently.
	      Supported	by at least the	direct3d, gl, gl_tiled,	 x11,  xv  and
	      corevideo	video output drivers.

       -zrbw (-vo zr only)
	      Display  in  black and white.  For optimal performance, this can
	      be combined with '-lavdopts gray'.

       -zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]>	(-vo zr	only)
	      Select a part of the input image	to  display,  multiple	occur-
	      rences of	this option switch on cinerama mode.  In cinerama mode
	      the movie	is distributed over more than one TV  (or  beamer)  to
	      create a larger image.  Options appearing	after the n-th -zrcrop
	      apply to the n-th	MJPEG card, each card should at	least  have  a
	      -zrdev in	addition to the	-zrcrop.  For examples,	see the	output
	      of -zrhelp and the Zr section of the documentation.

       -zrdev <device> (-vo zr only)
	      Specify the device special file that belongs to your MJPEG card,
	      by default the zr	video output driver takes the first v4l	device
	      it can find.

       -zrfd (-vo zr only)
	      Force  decimation:  Decimation,  as  specified  by  -zrhdec  and
	      -zrvdec, only happens if the hardware scaler can stretch the im-
	      age to its original size.	 Use this option to force  decimation.

       -zrhdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
	      Horizontal  decimation: Ask the driver to	send only every	2nd or
	      4th line/pixel of	the input image	to the MJPEG card and use  the
	      scaler  of  the  MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original
	      size.

       -zrhelp (-vo zr only)
	      Display a	list of	all -zr* options, their	default	values	and  a
	      cinerama mode example.

       -zrnorm <norm> (-vo zr only)
	      Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

       -zrquality <1-20> (-vo zr only)
	      A	 number	 from 1	(best) to 20 (worst) representing the JPEG en-
	      coding quality.

       -zrvdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
	      Vertical decimation: Ask the driver to send only	every  2nd  or
	      4th  line/pixel of the input image to the	MJPEG card and use the
	      scaler of	the MJPEG card to stretch the image  to	 its  original
	      size.

       -zrxdoff	<x display offset> (-vo	zr only)
	      If  the  movie is	smaller	than the TV screen, this option	speci-
	      fies the x offset	from the upper-left corner of  the  TV	screen
	      (default:	centered).

       -zrydoff	<y display offset> (-vo	zr only)
	      If  the  movie is	smaller	than the TV screen, this option	speci-
	      fies the y offset	from the upper-left corner of  the  TV	screen
	      (default:	centered).

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)
       Video  output  drivers are interfaces to	different video	output facili-
       ties.  The syntax is:

       -vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
	      Specify a	priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall	back  on  drivers  not
       contained in the	list.  Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omit-
       ted.
       NOTE: See -vo help for a	list of	compiled-in video output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
		 -vo xmga,xv,
		      Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then oth-
		      ers.
		 -vo directx:noaccel
		      Uses  the	 DirectX  driver  with	acceleration  features
		      turned off.

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
	      Uses the XVideo extension	of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware  ac-
	      celerated	playback.  If you cannot use a hardware	specific driv-
	      er, this is probably the best  option.   For  information	 about
	      what  colorkey  is  used and how it is drawn run MPlayer with -v
	      option and look out for the lines	tagged with [xv	common]	at the
	      beginning.
		 adaptor=<number>
		      Select a specific	XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
		 port=<number>
		      Select a specific	XVideo port.
		 ck=<cur|use|set>
		      Select the source	from which the colorkey	is taken  (de-
		      fault: cur).
			 cur  The  default takes the colorkey currently	set in
			      Xv.
			 use  Use but do not set  the  colorkey	 from  MPlayer
			      (use -colorkey option to change it).
			 set  Same as use but also sets	the supplied colorkey.
		 ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
		      Sets the colorkey	drawing	method (default: man).
			 man  Draw the colorkey	manually (reduces  flicker  in
			      some cases).
			 bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
			 auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

       x11 (X11	only)
	      Shared  memory video output driver without hardware acceleration
	      that works whenever X11 is present.

       xover (X11 only)
	      Adds X11 support to all  overlay	based  video  output  drivers.
	      Currently	only supported by tdfx_vid.
		 <vo_driver>
		      Select  the driver to use	as source to overlay on	top of
		      X11.

       vdpau (with -vc ffmpeg12vdpau, ffwmv3vdpau, ffvc1vdpau, ffh264vdpau  or
       ffodivxvdpau)
	      Video output that	uses VDPAU to decode video via hardware.  Also
	      supports displaying of software-decoded video.
		 sharpen=<-1-1>
		      For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm	to the
		      video, for negative values  a  blurring  algorithm  (de-
		      fault: 0).
		 denoise=<0-1>
		      Apply a noise reduction algorithm	to the video (default:
		      0, no noise reduction).
		 deint=<0-4>
		      Select the deinterlacer (default:	0).  All modes > 0 re-
		      spect -field-dominance.
			 0    no deinterlacing
			 1    Show only	first field, similar to	-vf field.
			 2    Bob deinterlacing, similar to -vf	tfields=1.
			 3    motion  adaptive temporal	deinterlacing May lead
			      to A/V desync with slow  video  hardware	and/or
			      high  resolution.	 This is the default if	"D" is
			      used to enable deinterlacing.
			 4    motion  adaptive	temporal  deinterlacing	  with
			      edge-guided  spatial  interpolation  Needs  fast
			      video hardware.
		 chroma-deint
		      Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both	 on  luma  and
		      chroma (default).	 Use nochroma-deint to solely use luma
		      and speed	up advanced deinterlacing.  Useful  with  slow
		      video memory.
		 pullup
		      Try to skip deinterlacing	for progressive	frames,	useful
		      for watching telecined content, needs fast  video	 hard-
		      ware for high resolutions.  Only works with motion adap-
		      tive temporal deinterlacing.
		 colorspace
		      Select the color space for YUV to	 RGB  conversion.   In
		      general  BT.601  should  be used for standard definition
		      (SD) content and BT.709 for high	definition  (HD)  con-
		      tent.   Using  incorrect color space results in slightly
		      under or over saturated and shifted colors.
			 0    Guess the	color space based on video resolution.
			      Video  with width	>= 1280	or height > 576	is as-
			      sumed to be HD and BT.709	color  space  will  be
			      used.
			 1    Use ITU-R	BT.601 color space (default).
			 2    Use ITU-R	BT.709 color space.
			 3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
		 hqscaling
			 0    Use default VDPAU	scaling	(default).
			 1-9  Apply  high quality VDPAU	scaling	(needs capable
			      hardware).
		 force-mixer
		      Forces the use of	the VDPAU mixer, which implements  all
		      above  options  (default).   Use	noforce-mixer to allow
		      displaying BGRA colorspace.  (Disables all above options
		      and the hardware equalizer if image format BGRA is actu-
		      ally used.)

       xvmc (X11 with FFmpeg MPEG-1/2 decoder only)
	      Video output driver that uses the	XvMC (X	Video Motion Compensa-
	      tion) extension of XFree86 4.x to	speed up MPEG-1/2 and VCR2 de-
	      coding.
		 adaptor=<number>
		      Select a specific	XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
		 port=<number>
		      Select a specific	XVideo port.
		 (no)benchmark
		      Disables image display.  Necessary for proper benchmark-
		      ing of drivers that change image buffers on monitor  re-
		      trace  only  (nVidia).   Default is not to disable image
		      display (nobenchmark).
		 (no)bobdeint
		      Very simple deinterlacer.	 Might not  look  better  than
		      -vf  tfields=1, but it is	the only deinterlacer for xvmc
		      (default:	nobobdeint).
		 (no)queue
		      Queue frames for display to allow	more parallel work  of
		      the  video  hardware.   May add a	small (not noticeable)
		      constant A/V desync (default: noqueue).
		 (no)sleep
		      Use sleep	function while waiting for rendering to	finish
		      (not recommended on Linux) (default: nosleep).
		 ck=cur|use|set
		      Same as -vo xv:ck	(see -vo xv).
		 ck-method=man|bg|auto
		      Same as -vo xv:ck-method (see -vo	xv).

       dga (X11	only)
	      Play video through the XFree86 Direct Graphics Access extension.
	      Considered obsolete.

       sdl (SDL	only, buggy/outdated)
	      Highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia  Layer)  li-
	      brary  video  output  driver.  Since SDL uses its	own X11	layer,
	      MPlayer X11 options do not have any effect on SDL.  Note that it
	      has several minor	bugs (-vm/-novm	is mostly ignored, -fs behaves
	      like -novm should, window	is in top-left corner  when  returning
	      from fullscreen, panscan is not supported, ...).
		 driver=<driver>
		      Explicitly choose	the SDL	driver to use.
		 (no)forcexv
		      Use XVideo through the sdl video output driver (default:
		      forcexv).
		 (no)hwaccel
		      Use hardware accelerated scaler (default:	hwaccel).

       vidix
	      VIDIX (VIDeo Interface for *niX) is an interface	to  the	 video
	      acceleration  features  of  different graphics cards.  Very fast
	      video output driver on cards that	support	it.
		 <subdevice>
		      Explicitly choose	the VIDIX  subdevice  driver  to  use.
		      Available	  subdevice   drivers  are  cyberblade,	 ivtv,
		      mach64,  mga_crtc2,  mga,	 nvidia,  pm2,	pm3,   radeon,
		      rage128, s3, sh_veu, sis_vid and unichrome.

       xvidix (X11 only)
	      X11 frontend for VIDIX
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       cvidix
	      Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even	run in
	      a	text console with nVidia cards.
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       winvidix	(Windows only)
	      Windows frontend for VIDIX
		 <subdevice>
		      same as vidix

       direct3d	(Windows only) (BETA CODE!)
	      Video output driver that uses the	Direct3D interface (useful for
	      Vista).

       directx (Windows	only)
	      Video output driver that uses the	DirectX	interface.
		 noaccel
		      Turns off	hardware acceleration.	Try this option	if you
		      have display problems.

       kva (OS/2 only)
	      Video output driver that uses the	libkva interface.
		 snap Force SNAP mode.
		 wo   Force WarpOverlay! mode.
		 dive Force DIVE mode.
		 (no)t23
		      Enable or	disable	workaround for	T23  laptop  (default:
		      disabled).  Try to enable	this option if your video card
		      supports upscaling only.

       quartz (Mac OS X	only)
	      Mac OS X Quartz video output driver.  Under some	circumstances,
	      it  might	be more	efficient to force a packed YUV	output format,
	      with e.g.	-vf format=yuy2.
		 device_id=<number>
		      Choose the display device	to use in fullscreen.
		 fs_res=<width>:<height>
		      Specify the fullscreen resolution	(useful	on  slow  sys-
		      tems).

       corevideo (Mac OS X 10.4	or 10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)
	      Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
		 device_id=<number>
		      DEPRECATED, use -screen instead.	Choose the display de-
		      vice to use for fullscreen or set	it to -1 to always use
		      the  same	 screen	 the video window is on	(default: -1 -
		      auto).
		 shared_buffer
		      Write output to a	shared memory buffer instead  of  dis-
		      playing  it and try to open an existing NSConnection for
		      communication with a GUI.
		 buffer_name=<name>
		      Name of the shared buffer	created	with shm_open as  well
		      as the name of the NSConnection MPlayer will try to open
		      (default:	"mplayerosx").	Setting	buffer_name implicitly
		      enables shared_buffer.

       fbdev (Linux only)
	      Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  fbdev  device name to use (e.g.
		      /dev/fb0)	or the name of the VIDIX subdevice if the  de-
		      vice  name  starts with 'vidix' (e.g. 'vidixsis_vid' for
		      the sis driver).

       fbdev2 (Linux only)
	      Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video, alternative implemen-
	      tation.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose	the fbdev device name to use (default:
		      /dev/fb0).

       vesa
	      Very general video output	driver that should work	 on  any  VESA
	      VBE 2.0 compatible card.
		 (no)dga
		      Turns DGA	mode on	or off (default: on).
		 neotv_pal
		      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
		 neotv_ntsc
		      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
		 vidix
		      Use the VIDIX driver.
		 lvo:
		      Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

       svga
	      Play video using the SVGA	library.
		 <video	mode>
		      Specify  video  mode to use.  The	mode can be given in a
		      <width>x<height>x<colors>	format,	e.g. 640x480x16M or be
		      a	graphics mode number, e.g. 84.
		 bbosd
		      Draw OSD into black bands	below the movie	(slower).
		 native
		      Use  only	 native	drawing	functions.  This avoids	direct
		      rendering, OSD and hardware acceleration.
		 retrace
		      Force frame switch on  vertical  retrace.	  Usable  only
		      with  -double.  It has the same effect as	the -vsync op-
		      tion.
		 sq
		      Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
		 vidix
		      Use svga with VIDIX.

       gl
	      OpenGL video output driver, simple version.  Video size must  be
	      smaller than the maximum texture size of your OpenGL implementa-
	      tion.  Intended to work even with	the most basic	OpenGL	imple-
	      mentations,  but also makes use of newer extensions, which allow
	      support for more colorspaces and direct rendering.  For  optimal
	      speed try	adding the options
	      -dr -noslices
	      The  code	 performs  very	 few  checks, so if a feature does not
	      work, this  might	 be  because  it  is  not  supported  by  your
	      card/OpenGL implementation even if you do	not get	any error mes-
	      sage.  Use glxinfo or a similar tool to  display	the  supported
	      OpenGL extensions.
		 backend=<n>
		      Select  the  backend/OpenGL  implementation  to use (de-
		      fault: -1).
			 -1: Autoselect
			 0: Win32/WGL
			 1: X11/GLX
			 2: SDL
			 3: X11/EGL (highly experimental)
			 4: OSX/Cocoa
			 5: Android (very bad hack, only for testing)
		 (no)ati-hack
		      ATI drivers may give a corrupted	image  when  PBOs  are
		      used  (when  using -dr or	force-pbo).  This option fixes
		      this, at the expense of using a bit more memory.
		 (no)force-pbo
		      Always uses PBOs to transfer textures even if  this  in-
		      volves an	extra copy.  Currently this gives a little ex-
		      tra speed	with NVidia drivers and	a lot more speed  with
		      ATI drivers.  May	need -noslices and the ati-hack	subop-
		      tion to work correctly.
		 (no)scaled-osd
		      Changes the way the OSD behaves when  the	 size  of  the
		      window  changes  (default:  disabled).  When enabled be-
		      haves more like the other	video output drivers, which is
		      better for fixed-size fonts.  Disabled looks much	better
		      with FreeType fonts and uses the borders	in  fullscreen
		      mode.   Does  not	work correctly with ass	subtitles (see
		      -ass), you can instead render them without  OpenGL  sup-
		      port via -vf ass.
		 osdcolor=<0xAARRGGBB>
		      Color  for OSD (default: 0x00ffffff, corresponds to non-
		      transparent white).
		 rectangle=<0,1,2>
		      Select usage of rectangular textures which  saves	 video
		      RAM, but often is	slower (default: 0).
			 0: Use	power-of-two textures (default).
			 1: Use	the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
			 2: Use	the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension.
			 In some cases only supported  in  software  and  thus
			 very slow.
		 swapinterval=<n>
		      Minimum  interval	 between  two buffer swaps, counted in
		      displayed	frames (default: 1).  1	is equivalent  to  en-
		      abling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC.  Values below	0 will
		      leave it at the system default.  This limits the framer-
		      ate   to	 (horizontal  refresh  rate  /	n).   Requires
		      GLX_SGI_swap_control  support  to	  work.	   With	  some
		      (most/all?)   implementations   this   only   works   in
		      fullscreen mode.
		 ycbcr
		      Use the GL_APPLE_ycbcr_422 extension to convert  YUV  to
		      RGB.  Default is disabled	if yuv=	is specified, auto-de-
		      tected otherwise.	 Note that this	will enable a few spe-
		      cial settings to get into	a special driver fast-path.
		 yuv=<n>
		      Select  the  type	of YUV to RGB conversion.  The default
		      is auto-detection	deciding between values	0 and 2.
			 0: Use	 software  conversion.	 Compatible  with  all
			 OpenGL	 versions.   Provides brightness, contrast and
			 saturation control.
			 1: Use	register combiners.  This uses an  nVidia-spe-
			 cific extension (GL_NV_register_combiners).  At least
			 three texture units are needed.  Provides  saturation
			 and hue control.  This	method is fast but inexact.
			 2:  Use a fragment program using the POW instruction.
			 Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension  and  at
			 least three texture units.  Provides brightness, con-
			 trast,	saturation, hue	and gamma control.  Gamma  can
			 also  be  set	independently for red, green and blue.
			 Method	4 is usually faster.
			 3: Same as 2.	They  exist  as	 distinct  values  for
			 legacy	 reasons,  MPlayer  now	 inserts the extra in-
			 structions for	gamma control on-demand.
			 4: Use	a fragment  program  with  additional  lookup.
			 Needs	the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension	and at
			 least four texture units.  Provides brightness,  con-
			 trast,	 saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma can
			 also be set independently for red, green and blue.
			 5: Use	ATI-specific method (for older	cards).	  This
			 uses an ATI-specific extension	(GL_ATI_fragment_shad-
			 er - not GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).   At  least	 three
			 texture  units	 are  needed.  Provides	saturation and
			 hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
			 6: Use	a 3D texture  to  do  conversion  via  lookup.
			 Needs	the  GL_ARB_fragment_program  extension	and at
			 least four texture units.  Extremely  slow  (software
			 emulation)  on	 some (all?) ATI cards since it	uses a
			 texture with  border  pixels.	 Provides  brightness,
			 contrast,  saturation,	 hue and gamma control.	 Gamma
			 can also be set  independently	 for  red,  green  and
			 blue.	 Speed	depends	 more  on GPU memory bandwidth
			 than other methods.
		 colorspace
		      Select the color space for YUV to	RGB conversion.
			 0    Use the formula used normally  by	 MPlayer  (de-
			      fault).
			 1    Use ITU-R	BT.601 color space.
			 2    Use ITU-R	BT.709 color space.
			 3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
		 levelconv=<n>
		      Select  the  brightness  level conversion	to use for the
		      YUV to RGB conversion
			 0    Convert TV to PC levels (default).
			 1    Convert PC to TV levels.
			 2    Do not do	any conversion.
		 lscale=<n>
		      Select the scaling function to use for  luminance	 scal-
		      ing.  Only valid for yuv modes 2,	3, 4 and 6.
			 0    Use simple linear	filtering (default).
			 1    Use bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality).
			      Needs one	additional texture unit.  Older	 cards
			      will  not	 be  able to handle this for chroma at
			      least in fullscreen mode.
			 2    Use cubic	filtering in horizontal,  linear  fil-
			      tering  in  vertical  direction.	Works on a few
			      more cards than method 1.
			 3    Same as 1	but does not  use  a  lookup  texture.
			      Might be faster on some cards.
			 4    Use  experimental	 unsharp masking with 3x3 sup-
			      port and a default strength of 0.5 (see  filter-
			      strength).
			 5    Use  experimental	 unsharp masking with 5x5 sup-
			      port and a default strength of 0.5 (see  filter-
			      strength).
			 64   Use nearest-neighbor scaling.
		 cscale=<n>
		      Select the scaling function to use for chrominance scal-
		      ing.  For	details	see lscale.
		 filter-strength=<value>
		      Set the effect strength for  the	lscale/cscale  filters
		      that support it.
		 noise-strength=<value>
		      Set  how	much noise to add. 0 to	disable	(default), 1.0
		      for level	suitable for dithering to 6 bit.
		 stereo=<value>
		      Select a method for stereo display.  You may have	to use
		      -aspect  to  fix	the aspect value.  Add 32 to swap left
		      and right	side.  Experimental, do	not  expect  too  much
		      from it.
			 0    normal 2D	display
			 1    Convert  side  by	 side input to full-color red-
			      cyan stereo.
			 2    Convert side by side input to full-color	green-
			      magenta stereo.
			 3    Convert  side  by	 side  input  to  quadbuffered
			      stereo.	Only  supported	 by  very  few	OpenGL
			      cards.
			 4    Mix  left	and right in a pixel pattern.  Pattern
			      is given by stipple option.
		 stipple=<bit
		      Lowest 16	bit give the  4x4  pattern  to	use  (default:
		      0x0f0f).	 Examples  to  try: 0x0f0f, 0xf0f0: horizontal
		      lines; 0xaaaa, 0x5555: vertical lines;  0xa5a5,  0x5a5a:
		      checkerboard pattern

	      The  following options are only useful if	writing	your own frag-
	      ment programs.

		 customprog=<filename>
		      Load a custom fragment  program  from  <filename>.   See
		      TOOLS/edgedect.fp	for an example.
		 customtex=<filename>
		      Load  a  custom  "gamma  ramp"  texture from <filename>.
		      This can be used in combination with yuv=4 or  with  the
		      customprog option.
		 (no)customtlin
		      If enabled (default) use GL_LINEAR interpolation,	other-
		      wise use GL_NEAREST for customtex	texture.
		 (no)customtrect
		      If enabled, use texture_rectangle	for customtex texture.
		      Default is disabled.
		 (no)mipmapgen
		      If enabled, mipmaps for the video	are automatically gen-
		      erated.  This should be useful together with the custom-
		      prog  and	 the TXB instruction to	implement blur filters
		      with a large radius.  For	 most  OpenGL  implementations
		      this  is	very slow for any non-RGB formats.  Default is
		      disabled.

	      Normally there is	no reason to use the following	options,  they
	      mostly exist for testing purposes.

		 (no)glfinish
		      Call  glFinish() before swapping buffers.	 Slower	but in
		      some cases more correct output (default: disabled).
		 (no)manyfmts
		      Enables support for more (RGB  and  BGR)	color  formats
		      (default:	enabled).  Needs OpenGL	version	>= 1.2.
		 slice-height=<0-...>
		      Number of	lines copied to	texture	in one piece (default:
		      0).  0 for whole image.
		      NOTE: If YUV colorspace is  used	(see  yuv  suboption),
		      special rules apply:
			 If  the decoder uses slice rendering (see -noslices),
			 this setting has no effect, the size of the slices as
			 provided by the decoder is used.
			 If  the decoder does not use slice rendering, the de-
			 fault is 16.
		 (no)osd
		      Enable or	disable	support	for OSD	rendering  via	OpenGL
		      (default:	enabled).  This	option is for testing; to dis-
		      able the OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
		 (no)aspect
		      Enable or	disable	aspect scaling and  pan-and-scan  sup-
		      port   (default:	enabled).   Disabling  might  increase
		      speed.

       gl_tiled
	      Variant of the OpenGL  video  output  driver.   Supports	videos
	      larger  than  the	maximum	texture	size but lacks many of the ad-
	      vanced features and optimizations	of the gl driver  and  is  un-
	      likely to	be extended further.
		 (no)glfinish
		      same as gl (default: enabled)
		 yuv=<n>
		      Select  the  type	 of  YUV to RGB	conversion.  If	set to
		      anything except 0	OSD will be disabled  and  brightness,
		      contrast	and  gamma  setting  is	only available via the
		      global X server settings.	 Apart from  this  the	values
		      have the same meaning as for -vo gl.

       matrixview
	      OpenGL-based  renderer  creating	a Matrix-like running-text ef-
	      fect.
		 cols=<n>
		      Number of	text columns to	display.  Very low  values  (<
		      16)  will	probably fail due to scaler limitations.  Val-
		      ues not divisible	by 16 may cause	issues as well.
		 rows=<n>
		      Number of	text rows to display.  Very low	values (<  16)
		      will  probably  fail  due	to scaler limitations.	Values
		      not divisible by 16 may cause issues as well.

       null
	      Produces no video	output.	 Useful	for benchmarking.

       aa
	      ASCII art	video output driver that works on a text console.
	      NOTE: The	driver does not	handle -aspect correctly.
	      HINT: You	probably have  to  specify  -monitorpixelaspect.   Try
	      'mplayer -vo aa -monitorpixelaspect 0.5'.

       caca
	      Color  ASCII  art	 video output driver that works	on a text con-
	      sole.

       bl
	      Video playback using the Blinkenlights UDP protocol.  This driv-
	      er is highly hardware specific.
		 <subdevice>
		      Explicitly  choose the Blinkenlights subdevice driver to
		      use.  It is something like arcade:host=localhost:2323 or
		      hdl:file=name1,file=name2.   You	must  specify a	subde-
		      vice.

       ggi
	      GGI graphics system video	output driver
		 <driver>
		      Explicitly choose	the GGI	driver to  use.	  Replace  any
		      ',' that would appear in the driver string by a '.'.

       directfb
	      Play video using the DirectFB library.
		 (no)input
		      Use  the	DirectFB  instead of the MPlayer keyboard code
		      (default:	enabled).
		 buffermode=single|double|triple
		      Double and triple	buffering give	best  results  if  you
		      want  to avoid tearing issues.  Triple buffering is more
		      efficient	than double buffering as  it  does  not	 block
		      MPlayer  while waiting for the vertical retrace.	Single
		      buffering	should be avoided (default: single).
		 fieldparity=top|bottom
		      Control the output order for interlaced frames (default:
		      disabled).   Valid  values  are  top = top fields	first,
		      bottom = bottom fields first.  This option does not have
		      any  effect  on progressive film material	like most MPEG
		      movies are.  You need to enable this option if you  have
		      tearing  issues  or unsmooth motions watching interlaced
		      film material.
		 layer=N
		      Will force layer with ID N for playback (default:	 -1  -
		      auto).
		 dfbopts=<list>
		      Specify a	parameter list for DirectFB.

       dfbmga
	      Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the
	      DirectFB library to make use of special hardware features.   En-
	      ables CRTC2 (second head), displaying video independently	of the
	      first head.
		 (no)input
		      same as directfb (default: disabled)
		 buffermode=single|double|triple
		      same as directfb (default: triple)
		 fieldparity=top|bottom
		      same as directfb
		 (no)bes
		      Enable the use of	the Matrox BES (backend	 scaler)  (de-
		      fault:  disabled).   Gives  very good results concerning
		      speed and	output quality as  interpolated	 picture  pro-
		      cessing  is done in hardware.  Works only	on the primary
		      head.
		 (no)spic
		      Make use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display  the
		      OSD (default: enabled).
		 (no)crtc2
		      Turn  on	TV-out	on the second head (default: enabled).
		      The output quality is amazing as it is a full interlaced
		      picture with proper sync to every	odd/even field.
		 tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
		      Will set the TV norm of the Matrox card without the need
		      for  modifying  /etc/directfbrc	(default:   disabled).
		      Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc =	NTSC.  Special norm is
		      auto (auto-adjust	using  PAL/NTSC)  because  it  decides
		      which  norm  to  use  by looking at the framerate	of the
		      movie.

       mga (Linux only)
	      Matrox specific video output driver that makes use  of  the  YUV
	      back  end	 scaler	on Gxxx	cards through a	kernel module.	If you
	      have a Matrox card, this is the fastest option.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose	the Matrox device  name	 to  use  (de-
		      fault: /dev/mga_vid).

       xmga (Linux, X11	only)
	      The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  Matrox  device name to use (de-
		      fault: /dev/mga_vid).

       s3fb (Linux only) (also see -dr)
	      S3 Virge specific	video output driver.  This driver supports the
	      card's  YUV  conversion and scaling, double buffering and	direct
	      rendering	features.  Use -vf format=yuy2 to get  hardware-accel-
	      erated  YUY2  rendering,	which is much faster than YV12 on this
	      card.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose	the fbdev device name to use (default:
		      /dev/fb0).

       wii (Linux only)
	      Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific video output driver.

       3dfx (Linux only)
	      3dfx-specific  video  output driver that directly	uses the hard-
	      ware on top of X11.  Only	16 bpp are supported.

       tdfxfb (Linux only)
	      This driver employs the tdfxfb framebuffer driver	to play	movies
	      with YUV acceleration on 3dfx cards.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose	the fbdev device name to use (default:
		      /dev/fb0).

       tdfx_vid	(Linux only)
	      3dfx-specific video output driver	that works in combination with
	      the tdfx_vid kernel module.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose	the device name	to use (default: /dev/
		      tdfx_vid).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
	      Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
		 <vo_driver>
		      Output video subdriver to	use as overlay (x11, xv).

       dxr3 (DXR3 only)
	      Sigma Designs em8300 MPEG	decoder	chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma De-
	      signs  Hollywood	Plus)  specific	video output driver.  Also see
	      the lavc video filter.
		 overlay
		      Activates	the overlay instead of TV-out.
		 prebuf
		      Turns on prebuffering.
		 sync
		      Will turn	on the new sync-engine.
		 norm=<norm>
		      Specifies	the TV norm.
			 0: Does not change current norm (default).
			 1: Auto-adjust	using PAL/NTSC.
			 2: Auto-adjust	using PAL/PAL-60.
			 3: PAL
			 4: PAL-60
			 5: NTSC
		 <0-3>
		      Specifies	the device number to use if you	have more than
		      one em8300 card.

       ivtv (IVTV only)
	      Conexant	CX23415	 (iCompression	iTVC15)	 or  Conexant  CX23416
	      (iCompression  iTVC16)  MPEG  decoder  chip   (Hauppauge	 WinTV
	      PVR-150/250/350/500)  specific  video  output driver for TV-out.
	      Also see the lavc	video filter.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly choose	the MPEG decoder device	 name  to  use
		      (default:	/dev/video16).
		 <output>
		      Explicitly  choose  the TV-out output to be used for the
		      video signal.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
	      Video output driver for V4L2 compliant cards with	built-in hard-
	      ware MPEG	decoder.  Also see the lavc video filter.
		 <device>
		      Explicitly  choose  the  MPEG decoder device name	to use
		      (default:	/dev/video16).
		 <output>
		      Explicitly choose	the TV-out output to be	used  for  the
		      video signal.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
	      Video  output  driver for	DVB cards that writes the output to an
	      MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is installed.
		 card=<1-4>
		      Specifies	the device number to use if you	have more than
		      one  DVB	output card (V3	API only, such as 1.x.y	series
		      drivers).	 If not	 specified  MPlayer  will  search  the
		      first usable card.
		 <filename>
		      output filename (default:	./grab.mpg)

       zr (also	see -zr* and -zrhelp)
	      Video  output  driver  for  a  number  of	MJPEG capture/playback
	      cards.

       zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter)
	      Video output driver  for	a  number  of  MJPEG  capture/playback
	      cards, second generation.
		 dev=<device>
		      Specifies	the video device to use.
		 norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
		      Specifies	the video norm to use (default:	auto).
		 (no)prebuf
		      (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

       md5sum
	      Calculate	MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file.  Sup-
	      ports RGB24 and YV12 colorspaces.	 Useful	for debugging.
		 outfile=<value>
		      Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

       yuv4mpeg
	      Transforms the video stream into a sequence of uncompressed  YUV
	      4:2:0  images  and  stores it in a file (default:	./stream.yuv).
	      The format is the	same as	the one	 employed  by  mjpegtools,  so
	      this  is useful if you want to process the video with the	mjpeg-
	      tools suite.  It supports	the YV12 format.  If your source  file
	      has  a  different	format and is interlaced, make sure to use -vf
	      scale=::1	to ensure the conversion uses  interlaced  mode.   You
	      can  combine  it	with the -fixed-vo option to concatenate files
	      with the same dimensions and fps value.
		 interlaced
		      Write the	output as interlaced frames, top field	first.
		 interlaced_bf
		      Write  the  output  as  interlaced  frames, bottom field
		      first.
		 file=<filename>
		      Write the	output to <filename> instead  of  the  default
		      stream.yuv.

	      NOTE: If you do not specify any option the output	is progressive
	      (i.e. not	interlaced).

       gif89a
	      Output each frame	into a single animated GIF file	in the current
	      directory.  It supports only RGB format with 24 bpp and the out-
	      put is converted to 256 colors.
		 <fps>
		      Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
		 <output>
		      Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

	      NOTE: You	must specify the framerate before the filename or  the
	      framerate	will be	part of	the filename.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif

       jpeg
	      Output  each  frame  into	 a JPEG	file in	the current directory.
	      Each file	takes the frame	number padded with  leading  zeros  as
	      name.
		 [no]progressive
		      Specify  standard	 or  progressive JPEG (default:	nopro-
		      gressive).
		 [no]baseline
		      Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
		 optimize=<0-100>
		      optimization factor (default: 100)
		 smooth=<0-100>
		      smooth factor (default: 0)
		 quality=<0-100>
		      quality factor (default: 75)
		 outdir=<dirname>
		      Specify the directory to save the	 JPEG  files  to  (de-
		      fault: ./).
		 subdirs=<prefix>
		      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified	prefix
		      to save the files	in instead of the current directory.
		 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
		      Maximum number of	files to be  saved  per	 subdirectory.
		      Must be equal to or larger than 1	(default: 1000).

       pnm
	      Output  each  frame  into	 a  PNM	file in	the current directory.
	      Each file	takes the frame	number padded with  leading  zeros  as
	      name.   It  supports  PPM,  PGM and PGMYUV files in both raw and
	      ASCII mode.  Also	see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
		 ppm
		      Write PPM	files (default).
		 pgm
		      Write PGM	files.
		 pgmyuv
		      Write PGMYUV files.  PGMYUV is like  PGM,	 but  it  also
		      contains	the  U	and V plane, appended at the bottom of
		      the picture.
		 raw
		      Write PNM	files in raw mode (default).
		 ascii
		      Write PNM	files in ASCII mode.
		 outdir=<dirname>
		      Specify the directory to save the	PNM files to (default:
		      ./).
		 subdirs=<prefix>
		      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified	prefix
		      to save the files	in instead of the current directory.
		 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
		      Maximum number of	files to be  saved  per	 subdirectory.
		      Must be equal to or larger than 1	(default: 1000).

       png
	      Output  each  frame  into	 a  PNG	file in	the current directory.
	      Each file	takes the frame	number padded with  leading  zeros  as
	      name.  24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported.
		 z=<0-9>
		      Specifies	the compression	level.	0 is no	compression, 9
		      is maximum compression.
		 outdir=<dirname>
		      Specify the directory to save the	PNG files to (default:
		      ./).
		 prefix=<prefix>
		      Specify the prefix to be used for	the PNG	filenames (de-
		      fault: no	prefix).
		 alpha
		      Create PNG files	with  an  alpha	 channel.   Note  that
		      MPlayer  in general does not support alpha, so this will
		      only be useful in	some rare cases.

       mng
	      Output video into	an animated MNG	file using 24 bpp  RGB	images
	      with lossless compression.
		 output=<filename>
		      Specify the output filename (default: out.mng).

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer video.mkv -vo mng:output=test.mng

       tga
	      Output  each  frame  into	a Targa	file in	the current directory.
	      Each file	takes the frame	number padded with  leading  zeros  as
	      name.  The purpose of this video output driver is	to have	a sim-
	      ple lossless image writer	to use without any  external  library.
	      It  supports  the	 BGR[A]	 color format, with 15,	24 and 32 bpp.
	      You can force a particular format	with the format	video  filter.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo	tga

DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS
       -ac <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
	      Specify a	priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to
	      their codec name in codecs.conf.	Use a  '-'  before  the	 codec
	      name  to	omit it.  Use a	'+' before the codec name to force it,
	      this will	likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ','  MPlayer
	      will fall	back on	codecs not contained in	the list.
	      NOTE: See	-ac help for a full list of available codecs.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ac mp3acm
		      Force the	l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
		 -ac mad,
		      Try libmad first,	then fall back on others.
		 -ac hwac3,a52,
		      Try  hardware AC-3 passthrough, software AC-3, then oth-
		      ers.
		 -ac hwdts,
		      Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on  others.
		 -ac -ffmp3,
		      Skip FFmpeg's MP3	decoder.

       -af-adv <force=(0-7):list=(filters)> (also see -af)
	      Specify advanced audio filter options:

		 force=<0-7>
		      Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the fol-
		      lowing:
			 0: Use	completely automatic  filter  insertion	 (cur-
			 rently	identical to 1).
			 1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
			 2: Optimize for speed.	 Warning: Some features	in the
			 audio filters may silently fail, and the sound	quali-
			 ty may	drop.
			 3: Use	no automatic insertion of filters and no opti-
			 mization.  Warning:  It  may  be  possible  to	 crash
			 MPlayer using this setting.
			 4:  Use automatic insertion of	filters	according to 0
			 above,	but use	floating point processing when	possi-
			 ble.
			 5:  Use automatic insertion of	filters	according to 1
			 above,	but use	floating point processing when	possi-
			 ble.
			 6:  Use automatic insertion of	filters	according to 2
			 above,	but use	floating point processing when	possi-
			 ble.
			 7: Use	no automatic insertion of filters according to
			 3 above, and use floating point processing when  pos-
			 sible.

		 list=<filters>
		      Same as -af.

       -afm <driver1,driver2,...>
	      Specify  a priority list of audio	codec families to be used, ac-
	      cording to their codec name in codecs.conf.  Falls back  on  the
	      default codecs if	none of	the given codec	families work.
	      NOTE: See	-afm help for a	full list of available codec families.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -afm ffmpeg
		      Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first.
		 -afm acm,dshow
		      Try Win32	codecs first.

       -aspect <ratio> (also see -zoom)
	      Override movie aspect ratio, in case aspect information  is  in-
	      correct or missing in the	file being played.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
		 -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

       -noaspect
	      Disable automatic	movie aspect ratio compensation.

       -field-dominance	<-1-1>
	      Set  first field for interlaced content.	Useful for deinterlac-
	      ers that double the framerate: -vf tfields=1, -vf	 yadif=1,  -vo
	      vdpau:deint and -vo xvmc:bobdeint.
		 -1   auto  (default):	If the decoder does not	export the ap-
		      propriate	information, it	falls back  to	0  (top	 field
		      first).
		 0    top field	first
		 1    bottom field first

       -flip
	      Flip image upside-down.

       -lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE)
	      Specify  libavcodec  decoding parameters.	 Separate multiple op-
	      tions with a colon.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

	      Available	options	are:

		 bitexact
		      Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for
		      codec testing).

		 bug=<value>
		      Manually work around encoder bugs.
			 0: nothing
			 1: autodetect bugs (default)
			 2  (msmpeg4v3):  some	old  lavc  generated msmpeg4v3
			 files (no autodetection)
			 4 (mpeg4):  Xvid  interlacing	bug  (autodetected  if
			 fourcc==XVIX)
			 8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
			 16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
			 32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
			 64 (mpeg4): Xvid and DivX qpel	bug (autodetected  per
			 fourcc/version)
			 128  (mpeg4):	old  standard  qpel  (autodetected per
			 fourcc/version)
			 256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per four-
			 cc/version)
			 512  (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected
			 per fourcc/version)
			 1024 (mpeg4):	edge  padding  bug  (autodetected  per
			 fourcc/version)

		 debug=<value>
		      Display debugging	information.
			 0: disabled
			 1: picture info
			 2: rate control
			 4: bitstream
			 8: macroblock (MB) type
			 16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
			 32: motion vector
			 0x0040: motion	vector visualization (use -noslices)
			 0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
			 0x0100: startcode
			 0x0200: PTS
			 0x0400: error resilience
			 0x0800: memory	management control operations (H.264)
			 0x1000: bugs
			 0x2000:  Visualize quantization parameter (QP), lower
			 QP are	tinted greener.
			 0x4000: Visualize block types.

		 ec=<value>
		      Set error	concealment strategy.
			 1: Use	strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
			 2: iterative motion vector (MV) search	(slow)
			 3: all	(default)

		 er=<value>
		      Set error	resilience strategy.
			 0: disabled
			 1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
			 2: normal (default) (Works with compliant  encoders.)
			 3:  aggressive	(More checks, but might	cause problems
			 even for valid	bitstreams.)
			 4: very aggressive

		 fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
		      Enable optimizations which do not	comply to the specifi-
		      cation  and  might potentially cause problems, like sim-
		      pler dequantization, simpler motion compensation,	assum-
		      ing use of the default quantization matrix, assuming YUV
		      4:2:0 and	skipping a few checks to detect	 damaged  bit-
		      streams.

		 gray
		      grayscale	only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

		 idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
		      For  best	 decoding  quality use the same	IDCT algorithm
		      for decoding and encoding.  This may come	at a price  in
		      accuracy,	though.

		 lowres=<number>[,<w>]
		      Decode at	lower resolutions.  Low	resolution decoding is
		      not supported by all codecs, and it will often result in
		      ugly artifacts.  This is not a bug, but a	side effect of
		      not decoding at full resolution.
			 0: disabled
			 1: 1/2	resolution
			 2: 1/4	resolution
			 3: 1/8	resolution
		      If <w> is	specified lowres decoding will be used only if
		      the width	of the video is	major than or equal to <w>.
		 o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]	  Pass	 AVOptions  to
		 libavcodec decoder.  Note, a patch to make  the  o=  unneeded
		 and  pass  all	unknown	options	through	the AVOption system is
		 welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can	be found in the	FFmpeg
		 manual.   Note	 that  some options may	conflict with MEncoder
		 options.

		      EXAMPLE:
			   o=debug=pict

		 sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
		      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the  bottom.

		 st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
		      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

		 skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
		      Skips  the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 de-
		      coding.  Since the filtered frame	is supposed to be used
		      as  reference  for  decoding dependent frames this has a
		      worse effect on quality than  not	 doing	deblocking  on
		      e.g.  MPEG-2  video.  But	at least for high bitrate HDTV
		      this provides a big  speedup  with  no  visible  quality
		      loss.

		      <skipvalue> can be either	one of the following:
			 none: Never skip.
			 default:  Skip	 useless processing steps (e.g.	0 size
			 packets in AVI).
			 nonref: Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not
			 used  for  decoding  other  frames,  the error	cannot
			 "build	up").
			 bidir:	Skip B-Frames.
			 nonkey: Skip all frames except	keyframes.
			 all: Skip all frames.

		 skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2	only)
		      Skips the	IDCT step.  This degrades quality a lot	of  in
		      almost  all cases	(see skiploopfilter for	available skip
		      values).

		 skipframe=<skipvalue>
		      Skips decoding of	frames completely.  Big	 speedup,  but
		      jerky  motion and	sometimes bad artifacts	(see skiploop-
		      filter for available skip	values).

		 threads=<1-8> (MPEG-1/2 and H.264 only)
		      number of	threads	to use for decoding (default: 1)

		 vismv=<value>
		      Visualize	motion vectors.
			 0: disabled
			 1: Visualize forward predicted	MVs of P-frames.
			 2: Visualize forward predicted	MVs of B-frames.
			 4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of	B-frames.

		 vstats
		      Prints  some  statistics	and  stores  them   in	 ./vs-
		      tats_*.log.

		 wait_keyframe
		      Wait  for	a keyframe before displaying anything.	Avoids
		      broken frames at startup or after	seeking	with some for-
		      mats.

       -noslices
	      Disable  drawing	video by 16-pixel height slices/bands, instead
	      draws the	whole frame in a single	run.  May be faster or slower,
	      depending	on video card and available cache.  It has effect only
	      with libmpeg2 and	libavcodec codecs.

       -nosound
	      Do not play/encode sound.	 Useful	for benchmarking.

       -novideo
	      Do not play/encode video.	 In many cases this will not work, use
	      -vc null -vo null	instead.

       -pp <quality> (also see -vf pp)
	      Set  the DLL postprocess level.  This option is no longer	usable
	      with -vf pp.  It only works with Win32 DirectShow	DLLs with  in-
	      ternal  postprocessing  routines.	 The valid range of -pp	values
	      varies by	codec, it is mostly 0-6, where	0=disable,  6=slowest/
	      best.

       -pphelp (also see -vf pp)
	      Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their
	      usage.

       -ssf <mode>
	      Specifies	software scaler	parameters.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf scale -ssf	lgb=3.0
		 lgb=<0-100>
		      gaussian blur filter (luma)
		 cgb=<0-100>
		      gaussian blur filter (chroma)
		 ls=<-100-100>
		      sharpen filter (luma)
		 cs=<-100-100>
		      sharpen filter (chroma)
		 chs=<h>
		      chroma horizontal	shifting
		 cvs=<v>
		      chroma vertical shifting

       -stereo <mode>
	      Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
		 0    stereo
		 1    left channel
		 2    right channel

       -sws <software scaler type> (also see -vf scale and -zoom)
	      Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with the	 -zoom
	      option.	This  affects video output drivers which lack hardware
	      acceleration, e.g. x11.

	      Available	types are:

		 0    fast bilinear
		 1    bilinear
		 2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
		 3    experimental
		 4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
		 5    area
		 6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
		 7    gauss
		 8    sincR
		 9    lanczos
		 10   natural bicubic spline

	      NOTE: Some -sws options are tunable.   The  description  of  the
	      scale video filter has further information.

       -vc <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
	      Specify a	priority list of video codecs to be used, according to
	      their codec name in codecs.conf.	Use a  '-'  before  the	 codec
	      name  to	omit it.  Use a	'+' before the codec name to force it,
	      this will	likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ','  MPlayer
	      will fall	back on	codecs not contained in	the list.
	      NOTE: See	-vc help for a full list of available codecs.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vc divx
		      Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
		 -vc -divxds,-divx,
		      Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
		 -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
		      Try  libavcodec's	 MPEG-1/2  codec,  then	libmpeg2, then
		      others.

       -vfm <driver1,driver2,...>
	      Specify a	priority list of video codec families to be used,  ac-
	      cording  to  their  names	in codecs.conf.	 Falls back on the de-
	      fault codecs if none of the given	codec families work.
	      NOTE: See	-vfm help for a	full list of available codec families.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
		      Try the libavcodec, then Directshow, then	VfW codecs and
		      fall back	on others, if they do not work.
		 -vfm xanim
		      Try XAnim	codecs first.

       -x <x> (also see	-zoom) (MPlayer	only)
	      Scale image to width <x> (if software/hardware scaling is	avail-
	      able).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -xvidopts <option1:option2:...>
	      Specify additional parameters when decoding with Xvid.
	      NOTE: Since libavcodec is	faster than Xvid you might want	to use
	      the libavcodec postprocessing filter (-vf	pp) and	decoder	 (-vfm
	      ffmpeg) instead.

	      Xvid's internal postprocessing filters:
		 deblock-chroma	(also see -vf pp)
		      chroma deblock filter
		 deblock-luma (also see	-vf pp)
		      luma deblock filter
		 dering-luma (also see -vf pp)
		      luma deringing filter
		 dering-chroma (also see -vf pp)
		      chroma deringing filter
		 filmeffect (also see -vf noise)
		      Adds  artificial	film grain to the video.  May increase
		      perceived	quality, while lowering	true quality.

	      rendering	methods:
		 dr2
		      Activate direct rendering	method 2.
		 nodr2
		      Deactivate direct	rendering method 2.

       -xy <value> (also see -zoom)
		 value<=8
		      Scale image by factor <value>.
		 value>8
		      Set width	to value and calculate height to keep  correct
		      aspect ratio.

       -y <y> (also see	-zoom) (MPlayer	only)
	      Scale  image  to	height	<y>  (if  software/hardware scaling is
	      available).  Disables aspect calculations.

       -zoom
	      Allow software scaling, where available.	This will allow	 scal-
	      ing  with	 output	 drivers (like x11, fbdev) that	do not support
	      hardware scaling where MPlayer disables scaling by  default  for
	      performance reasons.

AUDIO FILTERS
       Audio  filters allow you	to modify the audio stream and its properties.
       The syntax is:

       -af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
	      Setup a chain of audio filters.

       NOTE: To	get a full list	of available audio filters, see	-af help.

       Audio filters are managed in lists.  There are a	few commands to	manage
       the filter list.

       -af-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	      Appends the filters given	as arguments to	the filter list.

       -af-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	      Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-del <index1[,index2,...]>
	      Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start
	      at 0, negative numbers address the end of	the list  (-1  is  the
	      last).

       -af-clr
	      Completely empties the filter list.

       Available filters are:

       resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]
	      Changes the sample rate of the audio stream.  Can	be used	if you
	      have a fixed frequency sound card	or if you are  stuck  with  an
	      old sound	card that is only capable of max 44.1kHz.  This	filter
	      is automatically enabled if necessary.  It only supports	16-bit
	      integer and float	in native-endian format	as input.
	      NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use	-srate <srate>.
		 <srate>
		      output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid	range for this
		      parameter	is 8000	to 192000.  If the  input  and	output
		      sample  frequency	 are  the same or if this parameter is
		      omitted the filter is automatically  unloaded.   A  high
		      sample  frequency	 normally  improves the	audio quality,
		      especially when used in combination with other  filters.
		 <sloppy>
		      Allow (1)	or disallow (0)	the output frequency to	differ
		      slightly from the	frequency given	by  <srate>  (default:
		      1).   Can	 be used if the	startup	of the playback	is ex-
		      tremely slow.
		 <type>
		      Select which resampling method to	use.
			 0: linear interpolation (fast,	poor quality especial-
			 ly when upsampling)
			 1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
			 2: polyphase filterbank and floating point processing
			 (slow,	best quality)

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
		      would set	the output frequency of	the resample filter to
		      44100Hz  using exact output frequency scaling and	linear
		      interpolation.

       lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]
	      Changes the sample rate  of  the	audio  stream  to  an  integer
	      <srate>  in  Hz.	It only	supports the 16-bit native-endian for-
	      mat.
	      NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use	-srate <srate>.
		 <srate>
		      the output sample	rate
		 <length>
		      length of	the filter with	respect	to the lower  sampling
		      rate (default: 16)
		 <linear>
		      if  1 then filters will be linearly interpolated between
		      polyphase	entries
		 <count>
		      log2 of the number of polyphase entries (...,  10->1024,
		      11->2048,	12->4096, ...)	(default: 10->1024)
		 <cutoff>
		      cutoff  frequency	 (0.0-1.0), default set	depending upon
		      filter length

       lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]
	      Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using  libavcodec.
	      Supports	16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels.
	      The output is big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream,  na-
	      tive-endian  when	 outputting to S/PDIF.	The output sample rate
	      of this filter is	same with the input sample rate.   When	 input
	      sample  rate  is	48kHz, 44.1kHz,	or 32kHz, this filter directly
	      use it.  Otherwise a resampling filter is	 auto-inserted	before
	      this  filter  to make the	input and output sample	rate be	48kHz.
	      You need to specify '-channels N'	to make	the decoder decode au-
	      dio into N-channel, then the filter can encode the N-channel in-
	      put to AC-3.
		 <tospdif>
		      Output raw AC-3 stream if	zero or	 not  set,  output  to
		      S/PDIF for passthrough when <tospdif> is set non-zero.
		 <bitrate>
		      The bitrate to encode the	AC-3 stream.  Set it to	either
		      384 or 384000 to get 384kbits.  Valid  values:  32,  40,
		      48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256,
				    320,  384,	448, 512, 576, 640 Default bi-
		      trate is based on	the input  channel  number:  1ch:  96,
		      2ch: 192,	 3ch: 224,  4ch: 384,  5ch: 448,  6ch: 448
		 <minchn>
		      If  the  input channel number is less than <minchn>, the
		      filter will detach itself	(default: 5).

       sweep[=speed]
	      Produces a sine sweep.
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      Sine function delta, use very low	 values	 to  hear  the
		      sweep.

       sinesuppress[=freq:decay]
	      Remove  a	sine at	the specified frequency.  Useful to get	rid of
	      the 50/60Hz noise	on low quality audio equipment.	  It  probably
	      only works on mono input.
		 <freq>
		      The  frequency  of  the sine which should	be removed (in
		      Hz) (default: 50)
		 <decay>
		      Controls the adaptivity (a larger	value  will  make  the
		      filter  adapt  to	amplitude and phase changes quicker, a
		      smaller value will make the adaptation slower) (default:
		      0.0001).	Reasonable values are around 0.001.

       bs2b[=option1:option2:...]
	      Bauer  stereophonic  to  binaural	 transformation	using libbs2b.
	      Improves the headphone listening experience by making the	 sound
	      similar  to  that	 from  loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear
	      both channels and	taking into account  the  distance  difference
	      and the head shadowing effect.  It is applicable only to 2 chan-
	      nel audio.
		 fcut=<300-1000>
		      Set cut frequency	in Hz.
		 feed=<10-150>
		      Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
		 profile=<value>
		      Several profiles are available for convenience:
			   default
				will be	used if	 nothing  else	was  specified
				(fcut=700, feed=45)
			   cmoy
				Chu   Moy  circuit  implementation  (fcut=700,
				feed=60)
			   jmeier
				Jan Meier  circuit  implementation  (fcut=650,
				feed=95)

	      If  fcut	or feed	options	are specified together with a profile,
	      they will	be applied on top of the selected profile.

       hrtf[=flag]
	      Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2
	      channel  output for headphones, preserving the spatiality	of the
	      sound.

	      Flag  Meaning
	      m	    matrix decoding of the rear	channel
	      s	    2-channel matrix decoding
	      0	    no matrix decoding (default)

       equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]
	      10 octave	band graphic equalizer,	implemented using 10 IIR  band
	      pass  filters.  This means that it works regardless of what type
	      of audio is being	played back.  The center frequencies  for  the
	      10 bands are:

	      No. frequency
	      0	   31.25 Hz
	      1	   62.50 Hz
	      2	  125.00 Hz
	      3	  250.00 Hz
	      4	  500.00 Hz
	      5	   1.00	kHz
	      6	   2.00	kHz
	      7	   4.00	kHz
	      8	   8.00	kHz
	      9	  16.00	kHz

	      If  the  sample rate of the sound	being played is	lower than the
	      center frequency for a frequency band, then that	band  will  be
	      disabled.	 A known bug with this filter is that the characteris-
	      tics for the uppermost band are not completely symmetric if  the
	      sample rate is close to the center frequency of that band.  This
	      problem can be worked around by upsampling the sound  using  the
	      resample filter before it	reaches	this filter.
		 <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
		      floating	point  numbers representing the	gain in	dB for
		      each frequency band (-12-12)

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
		      Would amplify the	sound in the upper and lower frequency
		      region while canceling it	almost completely around 1kHz.

       channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]
	      Can be used for adding,  removing,  routing  and	copying	 audio
	      channels.	  If  only <nch> is given the default routing is used,
	      it works as follows: If the number of output channels is	bigger
	      than  the	 number	 of input channels empty channels are inserted
	      (except mixing from mono to stereo, then the mono	channel	is re-
	      peated in	both of	the output channels).  If the number of	output
	      channels is smaller than the number of input  channels  the  ex-
	      ceeding channels are truncated.
		 <nch>
		      number of	output channels	(1-8)
		 <nr>
		      number of	routes (1-8)
		 <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
		      Pairs  of	 numbers  between 0 and	7 that define where to
		      route each channel.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
		      Would change the number of channels to 4 and  set	 up  4
		      routes that swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave chan-
		      nel 2 and	3 intact.  Observe that	 if  media  containing
		      two  channels  was  played  back,	channels 2 and 3 would
		      contain silence but 0 and	1 would	still be swapped.
		 mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
		      Would change the number of channels to 6 and  set	 up  4
		      routes  that copy	channel	0 to channels 0	to 3.  Channel
		      4	and 5 will contain silence.

       format[=format] (also see -format)
	      Convert between different	sample formats.	 Automatically enabled
	      when needed by the sound card or another filter.
		 <format>
		      Sets  the	 desired  format.   The	general	form is	'sbe',
		      where 's'	denotes	the sign (either 's' for signed	or 'u'
		      for unsigned), 'b' denotes the number of bits per	sample
		      (16, 24 or 32) and  'e'  denotes	the  endianness	 ('le'
		      means  little-endian, 'be' big-endian and	'ne' the endi-
		      anness of	the computer MPlayer is	 running  on).	 Valid
		      values   (amongst	 others)  are:	's16le',  'u32be'  and
		      'u24ne'.	Exceptions to this rule	that  are  also	 valid
		      format  specifiers:  u8,	s8, floatle, floatbe, floatne,
		      mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.

       volume[=v[:sc]]
	      Implements software volume control.  Use this filter  with  cau-
	      tion since it can	reduce the signal to noise ratio of the	sound.
	      In most cases it is best to set the level	for the	PCM  sound  to
	      max,  leave this filter out and control the output level to your
	      speakers with the	master volume control of the mixer.   In  case
	      your  sound  card	 has  a	digital	PCM mixer instead of an	analog
	      one, and you hear	distortion, use	the MASTER mixer instead.   If
	      there  is	 an external amplifier connected to the	computer (this
	      is almost	always the case), the noise level can be minimized  by
	      adjusting	 the master level and the volume knob on the amplifier
	      until the	hissing	noise in the background	is gone.
	      This filter has a	second feature:	It measures the	overall	 maxi-
	      mum  sound  level	 and prints out	that level when	MPlayer	exits.
	      This volume estimate can be used for setting the sound level  in
	      MEncoder	such that the maximum dynamic range is utilized.  This
	      feature currently	only works with	floating-point data, use  e.g.
	      -af-adv force=5, or use -af stats.
	      NOTE: This filter	is not reentrant and can therefore only	be en-
	      abled once for every audio stream.
		 <v>
		      Sets the desired gain in dB  for	all  channels  in  the
		      stream  from  -200dB  to	+60dB,	where -200dB mutes the
		      sound completely and +60dB equals	a gain	of  1000  (de-
		      fault: 0).
		 <sc>
		      Turns  soft  clipping  on	(1) or off (0).	 Soft-clipping
		      can make the sound more smooth if	very high volume  lev-
		      els  are	used.  Enable this option if the dynamic range
		      of the loudspeakers is very low.
		      WARNING: This feature creates distortion and  should  be
		      considered a last	resort.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
		      Would  amplify  the sound	by 10.1dB and hard-clip	if the
		      sound level is too high.

       pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]
	      Mixes channels arbitrarily.  Basically a combination of the vol-
	      ume  and	the  channels filter that can be used to down-mix many
	      channels to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary the  "width"
	      of  the  center speaker in a surround sound system.  This	filter
	      is hard to use, and will require some tinkering before  the  de-
	      sired result is obtained.	 The number of options for this	filter
	      depends on the number of output channels.	  An  example  how  to
	      downmix  a six-channel file to two channels with this filter can
	      be found in the examples section near the	end.
		 <n>
		      number of	output channels	(1-8)
		 <Lij>
		      How much of input	channel	i is mixed into	output channel
		      j	 (0-1).	 So in principle you first have	n numbers say-
		      ing what to do with the first input channel, then	n num-
		      bers  that  act on the second input channel etc.	If you
		      do not specify any numbers for some input	channels, 0 is
		      assumed.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
		      Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
		 mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
		      Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 in-
		      tact, and	mix channels 0 and 1  into  output  channel  2
		      (which could be sent to a	subwoofer for example).

       sub[=fc:ch]
	      Adds  a  subwoofer  channel to the audio stream.	The audio data
	      used for creating	the subwoofer channel is  an  average  of  the
	      sound  in	 channel 0 and channel 1.  The resulting sound is then
	      low-pass filtered	by a 4th order Butterworth filter with	a  de-
	      fault  cutoff  frequency of 60Hz and added to a separate channel
	      in the audio stream.
	      Warning: Disable this filter when	you are	playing	DVDs with Dol-
	      by  Digital  5.1	sound,	otherwise this filter will disrupt the
	      sound to the subwoofer.
		 <fc>
		      cutoff frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz  to
		      300Hz)  (default:	 60Hz) For the best result try setting
		      the cutoff frequency as low as possible.	This will  im-
		      prove the	stereo or surround sound experience.
		 <ch>
		      Determines  the  channel	number	in which to insert the
		      sub-channel audio.  Channel number can be	between	0  and
		      7	 (default:  5).	  Observe  that	the number of channels
		      will automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
		      Would add	a sub-woofer channel with a  cutoff  frequency
		      of 100Hz to output channel 4.

       center
	      Creates a	center channel from the	front channels.	 May currently
	      be low quality as	it does	not implement a	high-pass  filter  for
	      proper  extraction yet, but averages and halves the channels in-
	      stead.
		 <ch>
		      Determines the channel number in	which  to  insert  the
		      center  channel.	 Channel number	can be between 0 and 7
		      (default:	5).  Observe that the number of	channels  will
		      automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

       surround[=delay]
	      Decoder  for  matrix encoded surround sound like Dolby Surround.
	      Many files with 2	channel	audio actually contain	matrixed  sur-
	      round  sound.  Requires a	sound card supporting at least 4 chan-
	      nels.
		 <delay>
		      delay time in ms for the rear speakers (0	to 1000)  (de-
		      fault: 20) This delay should be set as follows: If d1 is
		      the distance from	the listening position	to  the	 front
		      speakers and d2 is the distance from the listening posi-
		      tion to the rear speakers, then the delay	should be  set
		      to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2)	if d1 >	d2.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
		      Would  add  surround  sound decoding with	15ms delay for
		      the sound	to the rear speakers.

       delay[=ch1:ch2:...]
	      Delays the sound to the loudspeakers such	that  the  sound  from
	      the  different channels arrives at the listening position	simul-
	      taneously.  It is	only useful if you have	more than 2 loudspeak-
	      ers.
		 ch1,ch2,...
		      The  delay  in ms	that should be imposed on each channel
		      (floating	point number between 0 and 1000).

	      To calculate the required	delay for the different	channels do as
	      follows:

	      1. Measure  the  distance	to the loudspeakers in meters in rela-
		 tion to your listening	position, giving you the distances  s1
		 to  s5	(for a 5.1 system).  There is no point in compensating
		 for the subwoofer (you	will not hear the difference  anyway).

	      2. Subtract  the	distances  s1 to s5 from the maximum distance,
		 i.e. s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i =	1...5.

	      3. Calculate the required	delays in ms as	d[i] =	1000*s[i]/342;
		 i = 1...5.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
		      Would delay front	left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear
		      channels and the sub by 0ms and the  center  channel  by
		      7ms.

       export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]
	      Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory map-
	      ping (mmap()).  Memory mapped areas contain a header:

	      int nch			   /*number of channels*/
	      int size			   /*buffer size*/
	      unsigned long long counter   /*Used to keep sync,	updated	every
					     time new data is exported.*/

	      The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
		 <mmapped_file>
		      file to map data to (default:  ~/.mplayer/mplayer-af_ex-
		      port)
		 <nsamples>
		      number of	samples	per channel (default: 512)

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024	media.avi
		      Would  export 1024 samples per channel to	'/tmp/mplayer-
		      af_export'.

       extrastereo[=mul]
	      (Linearly) increases the difference between left and right chan-
	      nels which adds some sort	of "live" effect to playback.
		 <mul>
		      Sets  the	 difference  coefficient  (default: 2.5).  0.0
		      means mono sound (average	of both	 channels),  with  1.0
		      sound  will be unchanged,	with -1.0 left and right chan-
		      nels will	be swapped.

       volnorm[=method:target]
	      Maximizes	the volume without distorting the sound.
		 <method>
		      Sets the used method.
			 1: Use	a single sample	to smooth the  variations  via
			 the  standard	weighted  mean	over past samples (de-
			 fault).
			 2: Use	several	samples	to smooth the  variations  via
			 the standard weighted mean over past samples.

		 <target>
		      Sets  the	 target	amplitude as a fraction	of the maximum
		      for the sample type (default: 0.25).

       ladspa=file:label[:controls...]
	      Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API)	 plug-
	      in.  This	filter is reentrant, so	multiple LADSPA	plugins	can be
	      used at once.
		 <file>
		      Specifies	 the   LADSPA	plugin	 library   file.    If
		      LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.
		      If it is not set,	you  must  supply  a  fully  specified
		      pathname.
		 <label>
		      Specifies	the filter within the library.	Some libraries
		      contain only one filter,	but  others  contain  many  of
		      them.   Entering	'help'	here,  will list all available
		      filters within the specified library,  which  eliminates
		      the use of 'listplugins' from the	LADSPA SDK.
		 <controls>
		      Controls are zero	or more	floating point values that de-
		      termine the behavior of the loaded plugin	 (for  example
		      delay,  threshold	 or gain).  In verbose mode (add -v to
		      the MPlayer command line), all  available	 controls  and
		      their valid ranges are printed.  This eliminates the use
		      of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.

       comp
	      Compressor/expander filter usable	for  microphone	 input.	  Pre-
	      vents artifacts on very loud sound and raises the	volume on very
	      low sound.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

       gate
	      Noise gate filter	similar	to the comp audio filter.  This	filter
	      is untested, maybe even unusable.

       karaoke
	      Simple  voice  removal  filter exploiting	the fact that voice is
	      usually recorded with mono gear and later	 'center'  mixed  onto
	      the  final audio stream.	Beware that this filter	will turn your
	      signal into mono.	 Works well for	2 channel tracks; do not both-
	      er trying	it on anything but 2 channel stereo.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
	      Scales  audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to
	      playback speed (default).
	      This works by playing 'stride' ms	of audio at normal speed  then
	      consuming	 'stride*scale'	 ms  of	 input	audio.	 It pieces the
	      strides together by blending 'overlap'%  of  stride  with	 audio
	      following	 the  previous stride.	It optionally performs a short
	      statistical analysis on the next 'search'	ms of audio to	deter-
	      mine the best overlap position.
		 scale=<amount>
		      Nominal  amount  to  scale tempo.	 Scales	this amount in
		      addition to speed.  (default: 1.0)
		 stride=<amount>
		      Length in	milliseconds to	output each stride.  Too  high
		      of  value	 will  cause  noticeable  skips	 at high scale
		      amounts and an echo at low scale amounts.	 Very low val-
		      ues  will	alter pitch.  Increasing improves performance.
		      (default:	60)
		 overlap=<percent>
		      Percentage of stride to  overlap.	  Decreasing  improves
		      performance.  (default: .20)
		 search=<amount>
		      Length  in milliseconds to search	for best overlap posi-
		      tion.  Decreasing	improves performance greatly.  On slow
		      systems,	you  will  probably want to set	this very low.
		      (default:	14)
		 speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
		      Set response to speed change.
			 tempo
			      Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
			 pitch
			      Reverses effect of filter.  Scales pitch without
			      altering	   tempo.      Add    '[    speed_mult
			      0.9438743126816935'    and     ']	    speed_mult
			      1.059463094352953' to your input.conf to step by
			      musical semi-tones.  WARNING:  Loses  sync  with
			      video.
			 both Scale both tempo and pitch.
			 none Ignore speed changes.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 mplayer -af scaletempo	-speed 1.2 media.ogg
		      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
		      normal pitch.  Changing playback speed, would change au-
		      dio tempo	to match.
		 mplayer  -af  scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none	-speed 1.2 me-
		 dia.ogg
		      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at
		      normal pitch, but	changing playback speed	has no	effect
		      on audio tempo.
		 mplayer  -af  scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10  me-
		 dia.ogg
		      Would tweak the quality and performace parameters.
		 mplayer -af format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg
		      Would  make  scaletempo use float	code.  Maybe faster on
		      some platforms.
		 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
		      Would playback audio file	at 1.2x	normal speed, with au-
		      dio  at  normal  pitch.	Changing playback speed, would
		      change pitch, leaving audio tempo	at 1.2x.

       stats
	      Collects and prints statistics about the audio stream, especial-
	      ly the volume.  These statistics are especially intended to help
	      adjusting	the volume while avoiding clipping.  The  volumes  are
	      printed  in dB and compatible with the volume audio filter, they
	      are always rounded towards -0dB.

	      The 'n_samples' field is the total number	of samples seen	by the
	      filter.	The  'mean_volume' field is the	root mean square.  The
	      'max_volume' field is exactly what it says.  The 'histogram_Xdb'
	      fields  count  how  many	samples	were at	-XdB, for X just below
	      max_volume.

	      For example, if max_volume is  -7dB  and	histogram_7dB  is  19,
	      'volume=7'  will	not  cause  clipping and 'volume=8' will cause
	      clipping on exactly 19 samples.

VIDEO FILTERS
       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its  properties.
       The syntax is:

       -vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
	      Setup a chain of video filters.

       Many  parameters	are optional and set to	default	values if omitted.  To
       explicitly use a	default	value set a parameter to '-1'.	Parameters w:h
       means width x height in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted from the
       upper left corner of the	bigger image.
       NOTE: To	get a full list	of available video filters, see	-vf help.

       Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a	few commands to	manage
       the filter list.

       -vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	      Appends the filters given	as arguments to	the filter list.

       -vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
	      Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-del <index1[,index2,...]>
	      Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start
	      at 0, negative numbers address the end of	the list  (-1  is  the
	      last).

       -vf-clr
	      Completely empties the filter list.

       With  filters that support it, you can access parameters	by their name.

       -vf <filter>=help
	      Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for	a par-
	      ticular filter.

       -vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
	      Sets  a  named  parameter	to the given value.  Use on and	off or
	      yes and no to set	flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
	      Crops the	given part of the image	and discards the rest.	Useful
	      to remove	black bands from widescreen movies.
		 <w>,<h>
		      Cropped width and	height,	defaults to original width and
		      height.
		 <x>,<y>
		      Position of the cropped picture, defaults	to center.

       cropdetect[=limit:round[:reset]]
	      Calculates necessary cropping parameters and prints  the	recom-
	      mended parameters	to stdout.
		 <limit>
		      Threshold,  which	can be optionally specified from noth-
		      ing (0) to everything (255) (default: 24).
		 <round>
		      Value which the width/height should be divisible by (de-
		      fault:  16).   The  offset  is automatically adjusted to
		      center the video.	 Use 2 to  get	only  even  dimensions
		      (needed  for  4:2:2 video).  16 is best when encoding to
		      most video codecs.
		 <reset>
		      Counter that determines after how	many frames cropdetect
		      will  reset  the	previously detected largest video area
		      and start	over to	detect the current optimal  crop  area
		      (default:	 0).   This  can  be useful when channel logos
		      distort the video	area.  0 indicates never reset and re-
		      turn the largest area encountered	during playback.

       rectangle[=w:h:x:y]
	      Draws a rectangle	of the requested width and height at the spec-
	      ified coordinates	over the image and  prints  current  rectangle
	      parameters  to  the  console.   This can be used to find optimal
	      cropping parameters.   If	 you  bind  the	 input.conf  directive
	      'change_rectangle'  to  keystrokes,  you can move	and resize the
	      rectangle	on the fly.
		 <w>,<h>
		      width and	height (default: -1,  maximum  possible	 width
		      where boundaries are still visible.)
		 <x>,<y>
		      top  left	 corner	position (default: -1, uppermost left-
		      most)

       expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]
	      Expands (not scales) movie resolution to	the  given  value  and
	      places  the  unscaled original at	coordinates x, y.  Can be used
	      for placing subtitles/OSD	in the resulting black bands.

		 <w>,<h>
		      Expanded width,height (default: original	width,height).
		      Negative	values	for  w and h are treated as offsets to
		      the original size.

		      EXAMPLE:
			   expand=0:-50:0:0
				  Adds a 50 pixel border to the	bottom of  the
				  picture.

		 <x>,<y>
		      position	of  original  image on the expanded image (de-
		      fault: center)

		 <o>
		      OSD/subtitle rendering
			 0: disable (default)
			 1: enable

		 <a>
		      Expands to fit an	aspect instead of  a  resolution  (de-
		      fault: 0).

		      EXAMPLE:
			   expand=800:::::4/3
				  Expands  to  800x600,	 unless	 the source is
				  higher resolution, in	which case it  expands
				  to fill a 4/3	aspect.

		 <r>
		      Rounds up	to make	both width and height divisible	by <r>
		      (default:	1).

       flip (also see -flip)
	      Flips the	image upside down.

       mirror
	      Mirrors the image	on the Y axis.

       rotate[=<0-7>]
	      Rotates the image	by 90 degrees and optionally  flips  it.   For
	      values  between  4-7 rotation is only done if the	movie geometry
	      is portrait and not landscape.

		 0    Rotate by	90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

		 1    Rotate by	90 degrees clockwise.

		 2    Rotate by	90 degrees counterclockwise.

		 3    Rotate by	90 degrees counterclockwise and	flip.

       scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:pre-
       size[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]
	      Scales the image with the	software scaler	(slow) and performs  a
	      YUV<->RGB	colorspace conversion (also see	-sws).

		 <w>,<h>
		      scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
		      NOTE:  If	-zoom is used, and underlying filters (includ-
		      ing libvo) are incapable	of  scaling,  it  defaults  to
		      d_width/d_height!
			  0:   scaled d_width/d_height
			 -1:   original	width/height
			 -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 prescaled aspect ratio.
			 -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original aspect ratio.
			 -(n+8):  Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to
			 the closest multiple of 16.

		 <interlaced>
		      Toggle interlaced	scaling.
			 0: off	(default)
			 1: on

		 <chr_drop>
		      chroma skipping
			 0: Use	all available input lines for chroma.
			 1: Use	only every 2. input line for chroma.
			 2: Use	only every 4. input line for chroma.
			 3: Use	only every 8. input line for chroma.

		 <par>[:<par2>]	(also see -sws)
		      Set some scaling parameters depending  on	 the  type  of
		      scaler selected with -sws.
			 -sws 2	(bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
			 0.00:0.60 default
			 0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's	"precise bicubic"
			 0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
			 0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
			 1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
			 -sws 7	(gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft)	- 100 (sharp))
			 -sws 9	(lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

		 <presize>
		      Scale to preset sizes.
			 qntsc:	  352x240 (NTSC	quarter	screen)
			 qpal:	  352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
			 ntsc:	  720x480 (standard NTSC)
			 pal:	  720x576 (standard PAL)
			 sntsc:	  640x480 (square pixel	NTSC)
			 spal:	  768x576 (square pixel	PAL)

		 <noup>
		      Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
			 0: Allow upscaling (default).
			 1: Disallow upscaling if one  dimension  exceeds  its
			 original value.
			 2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their
			 original values.

		 <arnd>
		      Accurate rounding	for the	vertical scaler, which may  be
		      faster or	slower than the	default	rounding.
			 0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
			 1: Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]
	      Changes  the  intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point
	      in the filter chain.  Aspect can be given	as a fraction (4/3) or
	      floating	point  number  (1.33).	Alternatively, you may specify
	      the exact	display	width and height desired.  Note	that this fil-
	      ter  does	 not do	any scaling itself; it just affects what later
	      scalers (software	or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to cor-
	      rect aspect.

		 <w>,<h>
		      New display width	and height.  Can also be these special
		      values:
			  0:   original	display	width and height
			 -1:   original	video width and	height (default)
			 -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original display aspect ratio.
			 -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the
			 original video	aspect ratio.

		 EXAMPLE:
			   dsize=800:-2
				  Specifies a display  resolution  of  800x600
				  for  a  4/3  aspect  video, or 800x450 for a
				  16/9 aspect video.
		 <aspect-method>
		      Modifies width and height	according to  original	aspect
		      ratios.
			 -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
			  0: Keep display aspect ratio by using	<w> and	<h> as
			 maximum resolution.
			  1: Keep display aspect ratio by using	<w> and	<h> as
			 minimum resolution.
			  2:  Keep  video aspect ratio by using	<w> and	<h> as
			 maximum resolution.
			  3: Keep video	aspect ratio by	using <w> and  <h>  as
			 minimum resolution.

		 EXAMPLE:
			   dsize=800:600:0
				  Specifies  a	display	 resolution of at most
				  800x600, or smaller, in order	 to  keep  as-
				  pect.

		 <r>
		      Rounds up	to make	both width and height divisible	by <r>
		      (default:	1).

       yvu9
	      Forces software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion.   Deprecated
	      in favor of the software scaler.

       yuvcsp
	      Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real
	      conversion.

       palette
	      RGB/BGR 8	-> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion	using palette.

       format[=fourcc[:outfourcc]]
	      Restricts	 the  colorspace for the next filter without doing any
	      conversion.  Use together	with the scale filter for a real  con-
	      version.
	      NOTE: For	a list of available formats see	format=fmt=help.
		 <fourcc>
		      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)
		 <outfourcc>
		      Format name that should be substituted for  the  output.
		      If  this	is not 100% compatible with the	<fourcc> value
		      it will crash.
		      Valid examples:
		      format=rgb24:bgr24 format=yuyv:yuy2
		      Invalid examples (will crash):
		      format=rgb24:yv12

       noformat[=fourcc]
	      Restricts	the colorspace for the next filter without  doing  any
	      conversion.   Unlike the format filter, this will	allow any col-
	      orspace except the one you specify.
	      NOTE: For	a list of available formats see	noformat=fmt=help.
		 <fourcc>
		      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

       pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...] (also see -pphelp)
	      Enables  the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters.  Sub-
	      filters must be separated	by '/' and can be disabled by prepend-
	      ing  a  '-'.  Each subfilter and some options have a short and a
	      long name	that can be used interchangeably, i.e.	dr/dering  are
	      the  same.   All	subfilters  share  common options to determine
	      their scope:
		 a/autoq
		      Automatically switch the subfilter off if	the CPU	is too
		      slow.
		 c/chrom
		      Do chrominance filtering,	too (default).
		 y/nochrom
		      Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
		 n/noluma
		      Do chrominance filtering only (no	luminance).

	      NOTE: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

	      Available	subfilters are

		 hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      horizontal deblocking filter
			 <difference>:	Difference  factor where higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default:	32).
			 <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where	 lower	values
			 mean more deblocking (default:	39).

		 vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      vertical deblocking filter
			 <difference>:	Difference  factor where higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default:	32).
			 <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where	 lower	values
			 mean more deblocking (default:	39).

		 ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      accurate horizontal deblocking filter
			 <difference>:	Difference  factor where higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default:	32).
			 <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where	 lower	values
			 mean more deblocking (default:	39).

		 va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
		      accurate vertical	deblocking filter
			 <difference>:	Difference  factor where higher	values
			 mean more deblocking (default:	32).
			 <flatness>: Flatness  threshold  where	 lower	values
			 mean more deblocking (default:	39).

		 The horizontal	and vertical deblocking	filters	share the dif-
		 ference and flatness values so	you cannot set different hori-
		 zontal	and vertical thresholds.

		 h1/x1hdeblock
		      experimental horizontal deblocking filter

		 v1/x1vdeblock
		      experimental vertical deblocking filter

		 dr/dering
		      deringing	filter

		 tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
		      temporal noise reducer
			 <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
			 <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
			 <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

		 al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
		      automatic	brightness / contrast correction
			 f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

		 lb/linblenddeint
		      Linear  blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the
		      given block by filtering all lines with a	(1 2  1)  fil-
		      ter.

		 li/linipoldeint
		      Linear  interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinter-
		      laces the	given block by	linearly  interpolating	 every
		      second line.

		 ci/cubicipoldeint
		      Cubic  interpolating  deinterlacing  filter deinterlaces
		      the given	block by cubically interpolating every	second
		      line.

		 md/mediandeint
		      Median  deinterlacing filter that	deinterlaces the given
		      block by applying	a median filter	to every second	 line.

		 fd/ffmpegdeint
		      FFmpeg  deinterlacing filter that	deinterlaces the given
		      block by filtering every second line with	a (-1  4  2  4
		      -1) filter.

		 l5/lowpass5
		      Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that
		      deinterlaces the given block by filtering	all lines with
		      a	(-1 2 6	2 -1) filter.

		 fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
		      Overrides	 the  quantizer	 table from the	input with the
		      constant quantizer you specify.
			 <quantizer>: quantizer	to use

		 de/default
		      default pp filter	combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

		 fa/fast
		      fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

		 ac
		      high	quality	     pp	      filter	   combination
		      (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
		      horizontal  and vertical deblocking, deringing and auto-
		      matic brightness/contrast
		 -vf pp=de/-al
		      default filters without brightness/contrast correction
		 -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
		      Enable default filters & temporal	denoiser.
		 -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
		      Horizontal deblocking on luminance only, and switch ver-
		      tical  deblocking	 on  or	off automatically depending on
		      available	CPU time.

       spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]
	      Simple postprocessing filter that	 compresses  and  decompresses
	      the image	at several (or - in the	case of	quality	level 6	- all)
	      shifts and averages the results.

		 <quality>
		      0-6 (default: 3)

		 <qp>
		      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,	 use  QP  from
		      video).

		 <mode>
		      0: hard thresholding (default)
		      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
		      4: like 0, but also use B-frames'	QP (may	cause flicker)
		      5: like 1, but also use B-frames'	QP (may	cause flicker)

       uspp[=quality[:qp]]
	      Ultra  simple  &	slow postprocessing filter that	compresses and
	      decompresses the image at	several	(or - in the case  of  quality
	      level  8	-  all)	shifts and averages the	results.  The way this
	      differs from the behavior	of spp is that uspp actually encodes &
	      decodes  each case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses	a sim-
	      plified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

		 <quality>
		      0-8 (default: 3)

		 <qp>
		      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,	 use  QP  from
		      video).

       fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]
	      faster version of	the simple postprocessing filter

		 <quality>
		      4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

		 <qp>
		      Force  quantization  parameter  (default:	0, use QP from
		      video).

		 <-15-32>
		      Filter strength, lower values mean more details but also
		      more  artifacts,	while  higher  values  make  the image
		      smoother but also	blurrier (default: 0 - PSNR  optimal).

		 <bframes>
		      0: do not	use QP from B-frames (default)
		      1: use QP	from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

       pp7[=qp[:mode]]
	      Variant  of  the	spp  filter, similar to	spp=6 with 7 point DCT
	      where only the center sample is used after IDCT.

		 <qp>
		      Force quantization parameter (default: 0,	 use  QP  from
		      video).

		 <mode>
		      0: hard thresholding
		      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
		      2: medium	thresholding (default, good results)

       qp=equation
	      quantization parameter (QP) change filter

		 <equation>
		      some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

       geq=equation
	      generic equation change filter

		 <equation>
		      Some equation, e.g.  'p(W-X\,Y)' to flip the image hori-
		      zontally.	 You can use whitespace	to make	 the  equation
		      more readable.  There are	a couple of constants that can
		      be used in the equation:
			 PI: the number	pi
			 E: the	number e
			 X / Y:	the coordinates	of the current sample
			 W / H:	width and height of the	image
			 SW / SH: width/height scale depending on the current-
			 ly  filtered  plane,  e.g.  1,1  and  0.5,0.5 for YUV
			 4:2:0.
			 p(x,y): returns the value of the  pixel  at  location
			 x/y of	the current plane.

       test
	      Generate various test patterns.

       rgbtest[=width:height]
	      Generate an RGB test pattern useful for detecting	RGB vs BGR is-
	      sues.  You should	see a red, green and blue stripe from  top  to
	      bottom.

		 <width>
		      Desired  width of	generated image	(default: 0).  0 means
		      width of input image.

		 <height>
		      Desired height of	generated image	(default: 0).  0 means
		      height of	input image.

       lavc[=quality:fps]
	      Fast  software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for use
	      with DVB/DXR3/IVTV/V4L2.

		 <quality>
		      1-31: fixed qscale
		      32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

		 <fps>
		      force output fps (float value) (default:	0,  autodetect
		      based on height)

       dvbscale[=aspect]
	      Set  up  optimal	scaling	 for  DVB cards, scaling the x axis in
	      hardware and calculating the y axis scaling in software to  keep
	      aspect.  Only useful together with expand	and scale.

		 <aspect>
		      Control  aspect ratio, calculate as DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRA-
		      TIO (default: 576*4/3=768), set  it  to  576*(16/9)=1024
		      for a 16:9 TV.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
		      FIXME: Explain what this does.

       noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]
	      Adds noise.
		 <0-100>
		      luma noise
		 <0-100>
		      chroma noise
		 u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
		 t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
		 a    averaged temporal	noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
		 h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
		 p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

       denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
	      This  filter  aims to reduce image noise producing smooth	images
	      and making still images really still (This should	 enhance  com-
	      pressibility.).
		 <luma_spatial>
		      spatial luma strength (default: 4)
		 <chroma_spatial>
		      spatial chroma strength (default:	3)
		 <luma_tmp>
		      luma temporal strength (default: 6)
		 <chroma_tmp>
		      chroma  temporal strength	(default: luma_tmp*chroma_spa-
		      tial/luma_spatial)

       hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
	      High precision/quality version of	the denoise3d filter.  Parame-
	      ters and usage are the same.

       ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]
	      Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
		 <depth>
		      Larger  depth values will	denoise	lower frequency	compo-
		      nents more, but slow down	filtering (default: 8).
		 <luma_strength>
		      luma strength (default: 1.0)
		 <chroma_strength>
		      chroma strength (default:	1.0)

       eq[=brightness:contrast]	(OBSOLETE)
	      Software equalizer with interactive controls just	like the hard-
	      ware equalizer, for cards/drivers	that do	not support brightness
	      and contrast controls in hardware.  Might	also  be  useful  with
	      MEncoder,	 either	 for  fixing  poorly  captured	movies,	or for
	      slightly reducing	contrast to mask artifacts  and	 get  by  with
	      lower bitrates.
		 <-100-100>
		      initial brightness
		 <-100-100>
		      initial contrast

       eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
	      Alternative  software  equalizer	that  uses lookup tables (very
	      slow), allowing gamma correction in addition to  simple  bright-
	      ness  and	 contrast  adjustment.	Note that it uses the same MMX
	      optimized	code as	-vf eq if all gamma values are 1.0.   The  pa-
	      rameters are given as floating point values.
		 <0.1-10>
		      initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
		 <-2-2>
		      initial contrast,	where negative values result in	a neg-
		      ative image (default: 1.0)
		 <-1-1>
		      initial brightness (default: 0.0)
		 <0-3>
		      initial saturation (default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the red component	(default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the green	component (default: 1.0)
		 <0.1-10>
		      gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
		 <0-1>
		      The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of
		      a	high gamma value on bright image areas,	e.g. keep them
		      from getting overamplified and just plain	white.	A val-
		      ue  of  0.0  turns the gamma correction all the way down
		      while 1.0	leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

       hue[=hue:saturation]
	      Software equalizer with interactive controls just	like the hard-
	      ware equalizer, for cards/drivers	that do	not  support  hue  and
	      saturation controls in hardware.
		 <-180-180>
		      initial hue (default: 0.0)
		 <-100-100>
		      initial  saturation,  where  negative values result in a
		      negative chroma (default:	1.0)

       halfpack[=f]
	      Convert planar YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed  4:2:2,  downsam-
	      pling luma but keeping all chroma	samples.  Useful for output to
	      low-resolution display devices when hardware downscaling is poor
	      quality  or  is  not available.  Can also	be used	as a primitive
	      luma-only	deinterlacer with very low CPU usage.
		 <f>
		      By default, halfpack averages pairs of lines when	 down-
		      sampling.	 Any value different from 0 or 1 gives the de-
		      fault (averaging)	behavior.
			 0: Only use even lines	when downsampling.
			 1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

       ilpack[=mode]
	      When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma in-
	      terlacing	does not line up properly due to vertical downsampling
	      of the chroma channels.  This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data
	      into  YUY2  (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines in their	proper
	      locations, so that in any	given scanline,	the  luma  and	chroma
	      data both	come from the same field.
		 <mode>
		      Select the sampling mode.
			 0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but	incorrect
			 1: linear interpolation (default)

       harddup
	      Only useful with MEncoder.  If harddup is	used when encoding, it
	      will force duplicate frames to be	encoded	in the	output.	  This
	      uses  slightly  more  space, but is necessary for	output to MPEG
	      files or if you plan to demux and	remux the video	 stream	 after
	      encoding.	  Should  be  placed  at or near the end of the	filter
	      chain unless you have a good reason to do	otherwise.

       softskip
	      Only useful with MEncoder.  Softskip moves  the  frame  skipping
	      (dropping) step of encoding from before the filter chain to some
	      point during the filter chain.  This allows filters  which  need
	      to  see  all frames (inverse telecine, temporal denoising, etc.)
	      to function properly.  Should be placed after the	filters	 which
	      need  to	see  all frames	and before any subsequent filters that
	      are CPU-intensive.

       decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]
	      Drops frames that	do not differ greatly from the previous	 frame
	      in  order	 to  reduce framerate.	The main use of	this filter is
	      for very-low-bitrate encoding (e.g. streaming  over  dialup  mo-
	      dem), but	it could in theory be used for fixing movies that were
	      inverse-telecined	incorrectly.
		 <max>
		      Sets the maximum number of consecutive frames which  can
		      be  dropped  (if	positive), or the minimum interval be-
		      tween dropped frames (if negative).
		 <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
		      A	frame is a candidate for dropping  if  no  8x8	region
		      differs  by  more	 than  a threshold of <hi>, and	if not
		      more than	<frac> portion (1  meaning  the	 whole	image)
		      differs  by  more	 than  a threshold of <lo>.  Values of
		      <hi> and <lo> are	for 8x8	pixel blocks and represent ac-
		      tual  pixel value	differences, so	a threshold of 64 cor-
		      responds to 1 unit of difference for each	pixel, or  the
		      same spread out differently over the block.

       dint[=sense:level]
	      The  drop-deinterlace  (dint) filter detects and drops the first
	      from a set of interlaced video frames.
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      relative difference between neighboring pixels (default:
		      0.1)
		 <0.0-1.0>
		      What  part of the	image has to be	detected as interlaced
		      to drop the frame	(default: 0.15).

       lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)
	      FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same	as -vf pp=fd

       lavfi=filtergraph
	      FFmpeg libavfilter wrapper.  filtergraph defines a whole	libav-
	      filter graph with	one input and one output.  See http://www.ffm-
	      peg.org/libavfilter.html#SEC4 for	details.

	      As a special case, if filtergraph	is $word then the value	of the
	      word  environment	 variable is used; this	is necessary if	commas
	      are present in the graph description, as mplayer uses them as  a
	      delimiter	between	filters.

	      NOTE:  This  filter  is considered experimental, it may interact
	      strangely	with other filters.

	      EXAMPLE:
	      overlay="movie=$small_video, scale=160:120 [ca]; [in] [ca] over-
	      lay=16:8"	mplayer	-vf lavfi='$overlay' $big_video

       kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]
	      Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts
	      of a video if a configurable threshold is	exceeded.
		 <0-255>
		      threshold	(default: 10)
		 <map>
			 0: Ignore pixels exceeding the	threshold (default).
			 1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

		 <order>
			 0: Leave fields alone (default).
			 1: Swap fields.

		 <sharp>
			 0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
			 1: Enable additional sharpening.

		 <twoway>
			 0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
			 1: Enable twoway sharpening.

       unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]
	      unsharp mask / gaussian blur

		 l
		      Apply effect on luma component.

		 c
		      Apply effect on chroma components.

		 <width>x<height>
		      width and	height of the matrix, odd sized	in both	direc-
		      tions  (min  =  3x3, max = 13x11 or 11x13, usually some-
		      thing between 3x3	and 7x7)

		 amount
		      Relative amount of sharpness/blur	to add to the image (a
		      sane range should	be -1.5-1.5).
			 <0: blur
			 >0: sharpen

       swapuv
	      Swap U & V plane.

       il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]
	      (De)interleaves  lines.	The  goal of this filter is to add the
	      ability to process interlaced images pre-field without  deinter-
	      lacing  them.  You can filter your interlaced DVD	and play it on
	      a	TV without  breaking  the  interlacing.	  While	 deinterlacing
	      (with the	postprocessing filter) removes interlacing permanently
	      (by smoothing, averaging,	etc) deinterleaving splits  the	 frame
	      into  2  fields  (so  called  half pictures), so you can process
	      (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
		 d    deinterleave (placing one	above the other)
		 i    interleave
		 s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

       fil[=i|d]
	      (De)interleaves lines.  This filter is very similar  to  the  il
	      filter  but  much	 faster, the main disadvantage is that it does
	      not always work.	Especially if combined with other  filters  it
	      may  produce  randomly messed up images, so be happy if it works
	      but do not complain if it	does not for your combination of  fil-
	      ters.
		 d    Deinterleave fields, placing them	side by	side.
		 i    Interleave fields	again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

       field[=n]
	      Extracts a single	field from an interlaced  image	 using	stride
	      arithmetic  to  avoid wasting CPU	time.  The optional argument n
	      specifies	whether	to extract the even or the odd field  (depend-
	      ing on whether n is even or odd).

       detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]
	      Attempts	to  reverse the	'telecine' process to recover a	clean,
	      non-interlaced stream at film framerate.	This was the first and
	      most  primitive  inverse telecine	filter to be added to MPlayer/
	      MEncoder.	 It works by latching onto the	telecine  3:2  pattern
	      and  following  it  as long as possible.	This makes it suitable
	      for perfectly-telecined material,	even in	the presence of	a fair
	      degree  of  noise,  but  it will fail in the presence of complex
	      post-telecine edits.  Development	on this	filter	is  no	longer
	      taking  place, as	ivtc, pullup, and filmdint are better for most
	      applications.  The following arguments (see syntax above)	may be
	      used to control detc's behavior:

		 <dr>
		      Set the frame dropping mode.
			 0:  Do	not drop frames	to maintain fixed output fram-
			 erate (default).
			 1: Always drop	a frame	when there have	been no	 drops
			 or telecine merges in the past	5 frames.
			 2:  Always  maintain  exact 5:4 input to output frame
			 ratio.
			 NOTE: Use mode	1 or 2 with MEncoder.

		 <am>
		      Analysis mode.
			 0: Fixed pattern with initial frame number  specified
			 by <fr>.
			 1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

		 <fr>
		      Set initial frame	number in sequence.  0-2 are the three
		      clean progressive	frames;	3 and 4	are the	two interlaced
		      frames.	The  default,  -1,  means 'not in telecine se-
		      quence'.	The number specified here is the type for  the
		      imaginary	previous frame before the movie	starts.

		 <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
		      Threshold	values to be used in certain modes.

       ivtc[=1]
	      Experimental  'stateless'	 inverse telecine filter.  Rather than
	      trying to	lock on	to a pattern like the detc filter  does,  ivtc
	      makes  its  decisions  independently  for	each frame.  This will
	      give much	better results for material that has  undergone	 heavy
	      editing after telecine was applied, but as a result it is	not as
	      forgiving	of noisy input,	for example TV capture.	 The  optional
	      parameter	 (ivtc=1)  corresponds to the dr=1 option for the detc
	      filter, and should be used with MEncoder but not	with  MPlayer.
	      As  with	detc,  you  must  specify the correct output framerate
	      (-ofps 24000/1001) when using MEncoder.  Further development  on
	      ivtc  has	 stopped, as the pullup	and filmdint filters appear to
	      be much more accurate.

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
	      Third-generation pulldown	reversal  (inverse  telecine)  filter,
	      capable of handling mixed	hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progres-
	      sive, and	30000/1001 fps progressive content.  The pullup	filter
	      is  designed to be much more robust than detc or ivtc, by	taking
	      advantage	of future context in making its	decisions.  Like ivtc,
	      pullup  is  stateless  in	the sense that it does not lock	onto a
	      pattern to follow, but it	instead	looks forward to the following
	      fields  in  order	 to  identify  matches and rebuild progressive
	      frames.  It is still under development, but believed to be quite
	      accurate.

		 jl, jr, jt, and jb
		      These  options set the amount of "junk" to ignore	at the
		      left, right, top,	and bottom of the image, respectively.
		      Left/right  are  in  units of 8 pixels, while top/bottom
		      are in units of 2	lines.	The default  is	 8  pixels  on
		      each side.

		 sb (strict breaks)
		      Setting  this  option  to	 1  will reduce	the chances of
		      pullup generating	an occasional mismatched frame,	but it
		      may  also	 cause	an  excessive  number  of frames to be
		      dropped during high motion sequences.  Conversely,  set-
		      ting it to -1 will make pullup match fields more easily.
		      This may help processing of video	where there is	slight
		      blurring between the fields, but may also	cause there to
		      be interlaced frames in the output.

		 mp (metric plane)
		      This option may be set to	1 or 2 to use a	 chroma	 plane
		      instead  of  the	luma plane for doing pullup's computa-
		      tions.  This may improve accuracy	on very	 clean	source
		      material,	 but more likely will decrease accuracy, espe-
		      cially if	there is chroma	noise (rainbow effect) or  any
		      grayscale	 video.	  The  main purpose of setting mp to a
		      chroma plane is to reduce	CPU load and make  pullup  us-
		      able in realtime on slow machines.

	      NOTE:  Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when	encod-
	      ing to ensure that pullup	is able	to see each frame.  Failure to
	      do  so will lead to incorrect output and will usually crash, due
	      to design	limitations in the codec/filter	layer.

       filmdint[=options]
	      Inverse telecine filter, similar to the pullup filter above.  It
	      is designed to handle any	pulldown pattern, including mixed soft
	      and hard telecine	and limited support for	movies that are	slowed
	      down  or sped up from their original framerate for TV.  Only the
	      luma plane is used to find the frame breaks.  If a field has  no
	      match,  it is deinterlaced with simple linear approximation.  If
	      the source is MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow ac-
	      cess to the field-flags set by the MPEG-2	decoder.  Depending on
	      the source MPEG, you may be fine ignoring	this advice,  as  long
	      as  you  do not see lots of "Bottom-first	field" warnings.  With
	      no options it does normal	inverse	telecine, and should  be  used
	      together	with  mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 24000/1001.  When
	      this filter is used with MPlayer,	it will	result	in  an	uneven
	      framerate	during playback, but it	is still generally better than
	      using pp=lb or no	deinterlacing at all.  Multiple	options	can be
	      specified	separated by /.

		 crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
		      Just  like  the  crop  filter,  but faster, and works on
		      mixed hard and soft telecined content as well as when  y
		      is  not  a multiple of 4.	 If x or y would require crop-
		      ping fractional pixels from the chroma planes, the  crop
		      area  is extended.  This usually means that x and	y must
		      be even.

		 io=<ifps>:<ofps>
		      For each ifps input frames the filter will  output  ofps
		      frames.	 The  ratio  of	 ifps/ofps  should  match  the
		      -fps/-ofps ratio.	 This could be used to	filter	movies
		      that  are	broadcast on TV	at a frame rate	different from
		      their original framerate.

		 luma_only=<n>
		      If n is nonzero, the chroma plane	is  copied  unchanged.
		      This  is	useful for YV12	sampled	TV, which discards one
		      of the chroma fields.

		 mmx2=<n>
		      On x86, if n=1, use MMX2 optimized  functions,  if  n=2,
		      use 3DNow!  optimized functions, otherwise, use plain C.
		      If this option is	not specified, MMX2 and	3DNow! are au-
		      to-detected, use this option to override auto-detection.

		 fast=<n>
		      The larger n will	speed up the filter at the expense  of
		      accuracy.	  The  default	value  is n=3.	If n is	odd, a
		      frame immediately	following a frame marked with the  RE-
		      PEAT_FIRST_FIELD MPEG flag is assumed to be progressive,
		      thus filter will not spend any  time  on	soft-telecined
		      MPEG-2 content.  This is the only	effect of this flag if
		      MMX2 or 3DNow! is	available.  Without MMX2 and 3DNow, if
		      n=0 or 1,	the same calculations will be used as with n=2
		      or 3.  If	n=2 or 3, the number of	luma  levels  used  to
		      find  the	frame breaks is	reduced	from 256 to 128, which
		      results in a faster filter without losing	much accuracy.
		      If  n=4  or  5,  a faster, but much less accurate	metric
		      will be used to find the frame  breaks,  which  is  more
		      likely  to  misdetect high vertical detail as interlaced
		      content.

		 verbose=<n>
		      If n is nonzero, print the  detailed  metrics  for  each
		      frame.  Useful for debugging.

		 dint_thres=<n>
		      Deinterlace  threshold.	Used  during de-interlacing of
		      unmatched	frames.	 Larger	value means  less  deinterlac-
		      ing,  use	 n=256	to  completely turn off	deinterlacing.
		      Default is n=8.

		 comb_thres=<n>
		      Threshold	for comparing a	top and	 bottom	 fields.   De-
		      faults to	128.

		 diff_thres=<n>
		      Threshold	to detect temporal change of a field.  Default
		      is 128.

		 sad_thres=<n>
		      Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

       softpulldown
	      This filter works	only correct with MEncoder  and	 acts  on  the
	      MPEG-2 flags used	for soft 3:2 pulldown (soft telecine).	If you
	      want to use the ivtc or detc filter on movies  that  are	partly
	      soft  telecined,	inserting  this	filter before them should make
	      them more	reliable.

       divtc[=options]
	      Inverse  telecine	 for  deinterlaced  video.   If	  3:2-pulldown
	      telecined	 video	has  lost one of the fields or is deinterlaced
	      using a method that keeps	one field and interpolates the	other,
	      the  result is a juddering video that has	every fourth frame du-
	      plicated.	 This filter is	intended to find and drop those	dupli-
	      cates  and restore the original film framerate.  When using this
	      filter, you must specify -ofps that is 4/5 of the	fps of the in-
	      put  file	 and  place  the softskip later	in the filter chain to
	      make sure	that divtc sees	all the	frames.	 Two  different	 modes
	      are  available: One pass mode is the default and is straightfor-
	      ward to use, but has the disadvantage that any  changes  in  the
	      telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits)	cause momentary	judder
	      until the	filter can resync again.  Two pass mode	avoids this by
	      analyzing	 the  whole  video  beforehand so it will have forward
	      knowledge	about the phase	changes	and can	resync	at  the	 exact
	      spot.  These passes do not correspond to pass one	and two	of the
	      encoding process.	 You must run an extra pass using  divtc  pass
	      one  before  the	actual	encoding  throwing the resulting video
	      away.  Use -nosound -ovc raw -o /dev/null	to avoid  wasting  CPU
	      power  for  this	pass.  You may add something like crop=2:2:0:0
	      after divtc to speed things up even more.	 Then use  divtc  pass
	      two  for the actual encoding.  If	you use	multiple encoder pass-
	      es, use divtc pass two for all of	them.  The options are:

		 pass=1|2
		      Use two pass mode.

		 file=<filename>
		      Set  the	two  pass  log	filename  (default:   "framed-
		      iff.log").

		 threshold=<value>
		      Set  the minimum strength	the telecine pattern must have
		      for the filter to	believe	in it (default:	0.5).  This is
		      used  to	avoid recognizing false	pattern	from the parts
		      of the video that	are very dark or very still.

		 window=<numframes>
		      Set the number of	past frames to look at when  searching
		      for  pattern  (default: 30).  Longer window improves the
		      reliability of the pattern search,  but  shorter	window
		      improves	the  reaction  time  to	 the  changes  in  the
		      telecine phase.  This only affects the  one  pass	 mode.
		      The  two	pass mode currently uses fixed window that ex-
		      tends to both future and past.

		 phase=0|1|2|3|4
		      Sets the initial telecine	phase for one pass  mode  (de-
		      fault:  0).  The two pass	mode can see the future, so it
		      is able to use the correct phase from the	beginning, but
		      one  pass	 mode  can only	guess.	It catches the correct
		      phase when it finds it, but this option can be  used  to
		      fix  the possible	juddering at the beginning.  The first
		      pass of the two pass mode	also uses this,	so if you save
		      the  output  from	the first pass,	you get	constant phase
		      result.

		 deghost=<value>
		      Set the deghosting threshold (0-255 for one  pass	 mode,
		      -255-255	for  two  pass	mode, default 0).  If nonzero,
		      deghosting mode is used.	This is	 for  video  that  has
		      been  deinterlaced  by  blending the fields together in-
		      stead of dropping	one of the fields.  Deghosting	ampli-
		      fies any compression artifacts in	the blended frames, so
		      the parameter value is used as a	threshold  to  exclude
		      those pixels from	deghosting that	differ from the	previ-
		      ous frame	less than specified value.  If two  pass  mode
		      is  used,	 then  negative	 value can be used to make the
		      filter analyze the  whole	 video	in  the	 beginning  of
		      pass-2  to  determine whether it needs deghosting	or not
		      and then select either zero or the absolute value	of the
		      parameter.   Specify this	option for pass-2, it makes no
		      difference on pass-1.

       phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]
	      Delay interlaced video by	one field time so that the field order
	      changes.	 The  intended use is to fix PAL movies	that have been
	      captured with the	opposite  field	 order	to  the	 film-to-video
	      transfer.	 The options are:

		 t    Capture  field  order  top-first,	transfer bottom-first.
		      Filter will delay	the bottom field.

		 b    Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first.	  Filter  will
		      delay the	top field.

		 p    Capture  and  transfer  with the same field order.  This
		      mode only	exists for the documentation of	the other  op-
		      tions  to	 refer	to, but	if you actually	select it, the
		      filter will faithfully do	nothing	;-)

		 a    Capture field order determined  automatically  by	 field
		      flags,  transfer opposite.  Filter selects among t and b
		      modes on a frame by frame	basis using field  flags.   If
		      no  field	information is available, then this works just
		      like u.

		 u    Capture unknown or varying, transfer  opposite.	Filter
		      selects  among t and b on	a frame	by frame basis by ana-
		      lyzing the images	and  selecting	the  alternative  that
		      produces best match between the fields.

		 T    Capture  top-first, transfer unknown or varying.	Filter
		      selects among t and p using image	analysis.

		 B    Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or	varying.  Fil-
		      ter selects among	b and p	using image analysis.

		 A    Capture  determined  by field flags, transfer unknown or
		      varying.	Filter selects among t,	b and  p  using	 field
		      flags  and  image	 analysis.  If no field	information is
		      available, then this works just like U.  This is the de-
		      fault mode.

		 U    Both  capture  and  transfer unknown or varying.	Filter
		      selects among t, b and p using image analysis only.

		 v    Verbose operation.  Prints the selected  mode  for  each
		      frame  and the average squared difference	between	fields
		      for t, b,	and p alternatives.

       telecine[=start]
	      Apply 3:2	'telecine' process to increase framerate by 20%.  This
	      most  likely will	not work correctly with	MPlayer, but it	can be
	      used  with  'mencoder  -fps  30000/1001  -ofps  30000/1001   -vf
	      telecine'.   Both	 fps  options  are  essential!	(A/V sync will
	      break if they are	wrong.)	 The optional  start  parameter	 tells
	      the filter where in the telecine pattern to start	(0-3).

       tinterlace[=mode]
	      Temporal	field  interlacing - merge pairs of frames into	an in-
	      terlaced frame, halving the framerate.  Even  frames  are	 moved
	      into  the	 upper field, odd frames to the	lower field.  This can
	      be used to fully reverse the effect of the  tfields  filter  (in
	      mode 0).	Available modes	are:
		 0    Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the low-
		      er field,	generating a full-height frame at half framer-
		      ate.
		 1    Only  output odd frames, even frames are dropped;	height
		      unchanged.
		 2    Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped;	height
		      unchanged.
		 3    Expand  each  frame  to  full  height, but pad alternate
		      lines with black;	framerate unchanged.
		 4    Interleave even lines from even frames  with  odd	 lines
		      from odd frames.	Height unchanged at half framerate.

       tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]
	      Temporal	field  separation - split fields into frames, doubling
	      the output framerate.  Like the telecine filter,	tfields	 might
	      not  work	 completely  right  unless used	with MEncoder and both
	      -fps and -ofps set to the	desired	(double) framerate!
		 <mode>
		      0: Leave fields unchanged	(will jump/flicker).
		      1: Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used	 might
		      not be so	good.)
		      2:  Translate fields by 1/4 pixel	with linear interpola-
		      tion (no jump).
		      4: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with 4tap filter	(high-
		      er quality) (default).
		 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
		      -1: auto (default) Only works if the decoder exports the
		      appropriate information and no other filters which  dis-
		      card  that information come before tfields in the	filter
		      chain, otherwise it falls	back to	0 (top field first).
		      0: top field first
		      1: bottom	field first
		      NOTE: This option	will possibly be removed in  a	future
		      version.	Use -field-dominance instead.

       yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]
	      Yet another deinterlacing	filter
		 <mode>
		      0: Output	1 frame	for each frame.
		      1: Output	1 frame	for each field.
		      2: Like 0	but skips spatial interlacing check.
		      3: Like 1	but skips spatial interlacing check.
		 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
		      Operates like tfields.
		      NOTE:  This  option will possibly	be removed in a	future
		      version.	Use -field-dominance instead.

       mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]
	      Motion compensating deinterlacer.	 It needs one field per	 frame
	      as  input	 and  must  thus  be  used  together with tfields=1 or
	      yadif=1/3	or equivalent.
		 <mode>
		      0: fast
		      1: medium
		      2: slow, iterative motion	estimation
		      3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
		 <parity>
		      0	or 1 selects which field to use	(note:	no  autodetec-
		      tion yet!).
		 <qp>
		      Higher  values should result in a	smoother motion	vector
		      field but	less optimal individual	vectors.

       boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]
	      box blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength
		 <power>
		      number of	filter applications

       sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]
	      shape adaptive blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
		 <pf>
		      prefilter	strength (~0.1-2.0)
		 <colorDiff>
		      maximum difference between pixels	to still be considered
		      (~0.1-100.0)

       smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]
	      smart blur
		 <radius>
		      blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
		 <strength>
		      blur (0.0-1.0) or	sharpen	(-1.0-0.0)
		 <threshold>
		      filter all (0), filter flat areas	(0-30) or filter edges
		      (-30-0)

       perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t
	      Correct the perspective of movies	not  filmed  perpendicular  to
	      the screen.
		 <x0>,<y0>,...
		      coordinates  of  the  top	 left, top right, bottom left,
		      bottom right corners
		 <t>
		      linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

       2xsai
	      Scale and	smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate al-
	      gorithm.

       1bpp
	      1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32	conversion

       down3dright[=lines]
	      Reposition and resize stereoscopic images.  Extracts both	stereo
	      fields and places	them side by side, resizing them  to  maintain
	      the original movie aspect.
		 <lines>
		      number  of  lines	to select from the middle of the image
		      (default:	12)

       bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo
	      The bitmap overlay filter	reads bitmaps from a FIFO and displays
	      them  on	top of the movie, allowing some	transformations	on the
	      image.  Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a	small bmovl test  pro-
	      gram.
		 <hidden>
		      Set  the	default	value of the 'hidden' flag (0=visible,
		      1=hidden).
		 <opaque>
		      Set the default value of the 'opaque' flag  (0=transpar-
		      ent, 1=opaque).
		 <fifo>
		      path/filename   for  the	FIFO  (named  pipe  connecting
		      'mplayer -vf bmovl' to the controlling application)

	      FIFO commands are:
		 RGBA32	width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
		 ABGR32	width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
		 RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
		 BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
		      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
		 ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
		      Change alpha transparency	of the specified area.
		 CLEAR width height xpos ypos
		      Clear area.
		 OPAQUE
		      Disable all alpha	transparency.  Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0  0"
		      to enable	it again.
		 HIDE
		      Hide bitmap.
		 SHOW
		      Show bitmap.

	      Arguments	are:
		 <width>, <height>
		      image/area size
		 <xpos>, <ypos>
		      Start blitting at	position x/y.
		 <alpha>
		      Set  alpha  difference.  If you set this to -255 you can
		      then send	a sequence of ALPHA-commands to	set  the  area
		      to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)
			 0:    same as original
			 255:  Make everything opaque.
			 -255: Make everything transparent.

		 <clear>
		      Clear the	framebuffer before blitting.
			 0:  The  image	will just be blitted on	top of the old
			 one, so you do	not need to send 1.8MB of RGBA32  data
			 every time a small part of the	screen is updated.
			 1: clear

       framestep=I|[i]step
	      Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame	(keyframe).

	      If you call the filter with I (uppercase)	as the parameter, then
	      only keyframes are rendered.  For	DVDs it	generally means	one in
	      every  15/12  frames  (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB),	for AVI	it means every
	      scene change or every keyint value (see -lavcopts	keyint=	 value
	      if you use MEncoder to encode the	video).

	      When  a  keyframe	is found, an 'I!' string followed by a newline
	      character	is printed, leaving the	current	line  of  MPlayer/MEn-
	      coder  output  on	 the  screen, because it contains the time (in
	      seconds) and frame number	of the keyframe	(You can use this  in-
	      formation	to split the AVI.).

	      If you call the filter with a numeric parameter 'step' then only
	      one in every 'step' frames is rendered.

	      If you put an 'i'	(lowercase) before the number then an 'I!'  is
	      printed (like the	I parameter).

	      If  you give only	the i then nothing is done to the frames, only
	      I! is printed.

       tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta
	      Tile a series of images into a single,  bigger  image.   If  you
	      omit  a  parameter  or use a value less than 0, then the default
	      value is used.  You can also stop	when you  are  satisfied  (...
	      -vf tile=10:5 ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the scale
	      filter before the	tile :-)

	      The parameters are:

		 <xtiles>
		      number of	tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
		 <ytiles>
		      number of	tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
		 <output>
		      Render the tile  when  'output'  number  of  frames  are
		      reached,	where  'output'	 should	 be a number less than
		      xtile * ytile.   Missing	tiles  are  left  blank.   You
		      could,  for example, write an 8 *	7 tile every 50	frames
		      to have one image	every 2	seconds	@ 25 fps.
		 <start>
		      outer border thickness in	pixels (default: 2)
		 <delta>
		      inner border thickness in	pixels (default: 4)

       delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]
	      Suppresses a TV station logo by a	simple	interpolation  of  the
	      surrounding  pixels.  Just set a rectangle covering the logo and
	      watch it disappear (and sometimes	something even uglier appear -
	      your mileage may vary).
		 <x>,<y>
		      top left corner of the logo
		 <w>,<h>
		      width and	height of the cleared rectangle
		 <t>  Thickness	of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w
		      and h).  When set	to -1, a green rectangle is  drawn  on
		      the screen to simplify finding the right x,y,w,h parame-
		      ters.
		 file=<file>
		      You can specify a	text  file  to	load  the  coordinates
		      from.   Each line	must have a timestamp (in seconds, and
		      in ascending order) and the "x:y:w:h:t"  coordinates  (t
		      can be omitted).

       remove-logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
	      Suppresses  a  TV	station	logo, using a PGM or PPM image file to
	      determine	which pixels comprise the logo.	 The width and	height
	      of  the  image  file  must match those of	the video stream being
	      processed.  Uses the filter image	and a circular blur  algorithm
	      to remove	the logo.

		 /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
		      [path] + filename	of the filter image.

       zrmjpeg[=options]
	      Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video	output
	      device.

		 maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
		      These options set	the maximum width and  height  the  zr
		      card can handle (the MPlayer filter layer	currently can-
		      not query	those).

		 {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
		      Use these	options	to set maxwidth	and maxheight automat-
		      ically to	the values known for card/mode combo.  For ex-
		      ample, valid options are:	 dc10-PAL  and	buz-NTSC  (de-
		      fault: dc10+PAL)

		 color|bw
		      Select  color  or	 black	and white encoding.  Black and
		      white encoding is	faster.	 Color is the default.

		 hdec={1,2,4}
		      Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

		 vdec={1,2,4}
		      Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

		 quality=1-20
		      Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

		 fd|nofd
		      By default, decimation is	only performed	if  the	 Zoran
		      hardware	can  upscale the resulting MJPEG images	to the
		      original size.  The option fd instructs  the  filter  to
		      always perform the requested decimation (ugly).

       screenshot=prefix
	      Allows  acquiring	screenshots of the movie using slave mode com-
	      mands that can be	bound to keypresses.  See the slave mode docu-
	      mentation	 and  the INTERACTIVE CONTROL section for details.  By
	      default files named 'shotNNNN.png' will be saved in the  working
	      directory,  using	 the first available number - no files will be
	      overwritten.  Specify a prefix to	change the name	 or  location,
	      e.g.  -vf	screenshot=shots/now will save the files in the	direc-
	      tory shots with nowNNNN.png as name.  The	filter has no overhead
	      when not used and	accepts	an arbitrary colorspace, so it is safe
	      to add it	to the configuration file.  Make sure that the screen-
	      shot  filter  is	added after all	other filters whose effect you
	      want to record on	the saved image.  E.g. it should be  the  last
	      filter  if  you want to have an exact screenshot of what you see
	      on the monitor.

       ass
	      Moves SSA/ASS subtitle rendering to an arbitrary	point  in  the
	      filter chain.  Only useful with the -ass option.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf ass,screenshot
		      Moves  SSA/ASS  rendering	 before	the screenshot filter.
		      Screenshots taken	this way will contain subtitles.

       blackframe[=amount:threshold]
	      Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.	 Can be	useful
	      to detect	chapter	transitions or commercials.  Output lines con-
	      sist of the frame	number of the detected frame,  the  percentage
	      of  blackness,  the  frame type and the frame number of the last
	      encountered keyframe.

		 <amount>
		      Percentage of the	pixels	that  have  to	be  below  the
		      threshold	(default: 98).

		 <threshold>
		      Threshold	 below which a pixel value is considered black
		      (default:	32).

       stereo3d[=in:out]
	      Stereo3d converts	between	different stereoscopic image  formats.

		 <in> Stereoscopic image format	of input. Possible values:
		      sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
			     side  by  side parallel (left eye left, right eye
			     right)
		      sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
			     side by side crosseye (right eye left,  left  eye
			     right)
		      sbs2l or side_by_side_half_width_left_first
			     side by side with half width resolution (left eye
			     left, right eye right)
		      sbs2r or side_by_side_half_width_right_first
			     side by side with half  width  resolution	(right
			     eye left, left eye	right)
		      abl or above_below_left_first
			     above-below (left eye above, right	eye below)
		      abl or above_below_right_first
			     above-below (right	eye above, left	eye below)
		      ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
			     above-below with half height resolution (left eye
			     above, right eye below)
		      ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
			     above-below with half  height  resolution	(right
			     eye above,	left eye below)

		 <out>
		      Stereoscopic image format	of output. Possible values are
		      all the input formats as well as:
		      arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
			     anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter	on  left  eye,
			     cyan filter on right eye)
		      arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
			     anaglyph  red/cyan	 half  colored	(red filter on
			     left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
		      arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
			     anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left  eye,
			     cyan filter on right eye)
		      arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
			     anaglyph  red/cyan	color optimized	with the least
			     squares projection	of dubois (red filter on  left
			     eye, cyan filter on right eye)
		      agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
			     anaglyph green/magenta gray (green	filter on left
			     eye, magenta filter on right eye)
		      agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
			     anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green	filter
			     on	left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
		      agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
			     anaglyph  green/magenta  colored (green filter on
			     left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
		      aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
			     anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on  left
			     eye, blue filter on right eye)
		      aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
			     anaglyph  yellow/blue half	colored	(yellow	filter
			     on	left eye, blue filter on right eye)
		      aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
			     anaglyph yellow/blue colored  (yellow  filter  on
			     left eye, blue filter on right eye)
		      irl or interleave_rows_left_first
			     Interleaved rows (left eye	has top	row, right eye
			     starts on next row)
		      irr or interleave_rows_right_first
			     Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye
			     starts on next row)
		      ml or mono_left
			     mono output (left eye only)
		      mr or mono_right
			     mono output (right	eye only)
		 NOTE: To use either of	the interleaved-rows output formats to
		 display full-screen on	a row-interleaved 3D display, you will
		 need to scale the video to the	correct	height first using the
		 "scale" filter, if it is not already the right	height.	 Typi-
		 cally,	   that	   is	1080   rows   (so   use	  e.g.	  "-vf
		 scale=1440:1080,stereo3d=sbsl:irl" for	 a  720p  side-by-side
		 encoded movie).

       gradfun[=strength[:radius]]
	      Fix  the	banding	 artifacts  that are sometimes introduced into
	      nearly flat regions by truncation	to 8bit	colordepth.   Interpo-
	      lates  the  gradients  that  should  go where the	bands are, and
	      dithers them.

	      This filter is designed for playback only.  Do not use it	 prior
	      to  lossy	 compression,  because	compression  tends to lose the
	      dither and bring back the	bands.

		 <strength>
		      Maximum amount by	which the filter will change  any  one
		      pixel.  Also the threshold for detecting nearly flat re-
		      gions (default: 1.2).

		 <radius>
		      Neighborhood to fit  the	gradient  to.	Larger	radius
		      makes for	smoother gradients, but	also prevents the fil-
		      ter from modifying pixels	 near  detailed	 regions  (de-
		      fault: 16).

       fixpts[=options]
	      Fixes  the  presentation timestamps (PTS)	of the frames.	By de-
	      fault, the PTS passed to the next	filter	is  dropped,  but  the
	      following	options	can change that:

		 print
		      Print the	incoming PTS.

		 fps=<fps>
		      Specify a	frame per second value.

		 start=<pts>
		      Specify an initial value for the PTS.

		 autostart=<n>
		      Uses  the	nth incoming PTS as the	initial	PTS.  All pre-
		      vious PTS	are kept, so setting a huge value or -1	 keeps
		      the PTS intact.

		 autofps=<n>
		      Uses  the	nth incoming PTS after the end of autostart to
		      determine	the framerate.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -vf fixpts=fps=24000/1001,ass,fixpts
		      Generates	a new sequence of PTS, uses it for ASS	subti-
		      tles,  then drops	it.  Generating	a new sequence is use-
		      ful when the timestamps are reset	 during	 the  program;
		      this  is frequent	on DVDs.  Dropping it may be necessary
		      to avoid confusing encoders.

	      NOTE: Using this filter together with any	sort of	 seeking  (in-
	      cluding -ss and EDLs) may	make demons fly	out of your nose.

GENERAL	ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)
       -audio-delay <any floating-point	number>
	      Delays  either  audio  or	 video by setting a delay field	in the
	      header (default: 0.0).  This does	not delay either stream	 while
	      encoding,	but the	player will see	the delay field	and compensate
	      accordingly.  Positive values delay the audio, and negative val-
	      ues  delay  the  video.  Note that this is the exact opposite of
	      the -delay option.  For example, if a video plays	correctly with
	      -delay  0.2,  you	 can fix the video with	MEncoder by using -au-
	      dio-delay	-0.2.

	      Currently, this option only works	with the  default  muxer  (-of
	      avi).   If  you  are  using a different muxer, then you must use
	      -delay instead.

       -audio-density <1-50>
	      Number of	audio chunks per second	(default is 2  for  0.5s  long
	      audio chunks).
	      NOTE: CBR	only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new
	      chunk.

       -audio-preload <0.0-2.0>
	      Sets up the audio	buffering time interval	(default: 0.5s).

       -fafmttag <format>
	      Can be used to override the audio	format tag of the output file.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -fafmttag 0x55
		      Will  have  the  output file contain 0x55	(mp3) as audio
		      format tag.

       -ffourcc	<fourcc>
	      Can be used to override the video	fourcc of the output file.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ffourcc div3
		      Will have	the output file	contain	'div3' as video	 four-
		      cc.

       -force-avi-aspect <0.2-3.0>
	      Override the aspect stored in the	AVI OpenDML vprp header.  This
	      can be used to change the	aspect ratio with '-ovc	copy'.

       -frameno-file <filename>	(DEPRECATED)
	      Specify the name of the audio  file  with	 framenumber  mappings
	      created  in  the first (audio only) pass of a special three pass
	      encoding mode.
	      NOTE: Using this mode will most likely give you A-V desync.   Do
	      not  use	it.   It  is kept for backwards	compatibility only and
	      will possibly be removed in a future version.

       -hr-edl-seek
	      Use a more precise, but much slower method for  skipping	areas.
	      Areas  marked  for  skipping  are	 not  seeked over, instead all
	      frames are decoded, but only the necessary frames	 are  encoded.
	      This allows starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
	      NOTE: Not	guaranteed to work right with '-ovc copy'.

       -info <option1:option2:...> (AVI	only)
	      Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

	      Available	options	are:

		 help
		      Show this	description.

		 name=<value>
		      title of the work

		 artist=<value>
		      artist or	author of the work

		 genre=<value>
		      original work category

		 subject=<value>
		      contents of the work

		 copyright=<value>
		      copyright	information

		 srcform=<value>
		      original format of the digitized material

		 comment=<value>
		      general comments about the work

       -noautoexpand
	      Do  not automatically insert the expand filter into the MEncoder
	      filter chain.  Useful to control at which	point  of  the	filter
	      chain  subtitles	are  rendered when hardcoding subtitles	onto a
	      movie.

       -noencodedups
	      Do not attempt to	encode duplicate frames	in  duplicate;	always
	      output  zero-byte	 frames	 to  indicate  duplicates.   Zero-byte
	      frames will be written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable
	      of  doing	duplicate encoding is loaded.  Currently the only such
	      filter is	harddup.

       -noodml (-of avi	only)
	      Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

       -noskip
	      Do not skip frames.

       -o <filename>
	      Outputs to the given filename.
	      If you want a default output filename, you can put  this	option
	      in the MEncoder config file.

       -oac <codec name>
	      Encode with the given audio codec	(no default set).
	      NOTE: Use	-oac help to get a list	of available audio codecs.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -oac copy
		      no encoding, just	streamcopy
		 -oac pcm
		      Encode to	uncompressed PCM.
		 -oac mp3lame
		      Encode to	MP3 (using LAME).
		 -oac lavc
		      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -of <format> (BETA CODE!)
	      Encode to	the specified container	format (default: AVI).
	      NOTE: Use	-of help to get	a list of available container formats.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -of avi
		      Encode to	AVI.
		 -of mpeg
		      Encode to	MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
		 -of lavf
		      Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
		 -of rawvideo
		      raw video	stream (no muxing - one	video stream only)
		 -of rawaudio
		      raw audio	stream (no muxing - one	audio stream only)

       -ofps <fps>
	      Specify a	frames per second (fps)	value  for  the	 output	 file,
	      which  can  be different from that of the	source material.  Must
	      be  set  for  variable  fps  (ASF,  some	MOV)  and  progressive
	      (30000/1001 fps telecined	MPEG) files.

       -ovc <codec name>
	      Encode with the given video codec	(no default set).
	      NOTE: Use	-ovc help to get a list	of available video codecs.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 -ovc copy
		      no encoding, just	streamcopy
		 -ovc raw
		      Encode  to  an  arbitrary	 uncompressed format (use '-vf
		      format' to select).
		 -ovc lavc
		      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -passlogfile <filename>
	      Dump first pass information to <filename>	instead	of the default
	      divx2pass.log in two pass	encoding mode.

       -skiplimit <value>
	      Specify  the  maximum number of frames that may be skipped after
	      encoding one frame (-noskiplimit for unlimited).

       -vobsubout <basename>
	      Specify the basename for the output .idx and .sub	 files.	  This
	      turns off	subtitle rendering in the encoded movie	and diverts it
	      to VOBsub	subtitle files.

       -vobsuboutid <langid>
	      Specify the language two letter code for	the  subtitles.	  This
	      overrides	what is	read from the DVD or the .ifo file.

       -vobsuboutindex <index>
	      Specify the index	of the subtitles in the	output files (default:
	      0).

       -force-key-frames <time>,<time>,...
	      Force key	frames at the specified	timestamps, more precisely  at
	      the first	frame after each specified time.

	      This  option  can	be used	to ensure that a seek point is present
	      at a chapter mark	or any other designated	place  in  the	output
	      file.

	      The timestamps must be specified in ascending order.

	      Since  MEncoder does not send timestamps along the filter	chain,
	      you probably need	to use the fixpts filter for  this  option  to
	      work.

	      Not all codecs support forced key	frames.	 Currently, support is
	      only implemented for the following encoders: lavc, x264, xvid.

CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING	OPTIONS	(MENCODER ONLY)
       You can specify codec specific encoding parameters using	the  following
       syntax:

       -<codec>opts <option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...>

       Where  <codec>  may  be:	lavc, xvidenc, mp3lame,	toolame, twolame, nuv,
       xvfw, faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.

   mp3lame (-lameopts)
       help
	      get help

       vbr=<0-4>
	      variable bitrate method
		 0    cbr
		 1    mt
		 2    rh (default)
		 3    abr
		 4    mtrh

       abr
	      average bitrate

       cbr
	      constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode encoding on	subsequent ABR
	      presets modes.

       br=<0-1024>
	      bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

       q=<0-9>
	      quality (0 - highest, 9 -	lowest)	(VBR only)

       aq=<0-9>
	      algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

       ratio=<1-100>
	      compression ratio

       vol=<0-10>
	      audio input gain

       mode=<0-3>
	      (default:	auto)
		 0    stereo
		 1    joint-stereo
		 2    dualchannel
		 3    mono

       padding=<0-2>
		 0    none
		 1    all
		 2    adjust

       fast
	      Switch on	faster encoding	on subsequent VBR presets modes.  This
	      results in slightly lower	quality	and higher bitrates.

       highpassfreq=<freq>
	      Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz.	 Frequencies below the
	      specified	 one will be cut off.  A value of -1 will disable fil-
	      tering, a	value of 0 will	let LAME choose	values	automatically.

       lowpassfreq=<freq>
	      Set  a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz.	 Frequencies above the
	      specified	one will be cut	off.  A	value of -1 will disable  fil-
	      tering,  a value of 0 will let LAME choose values	automatically.

       preset=<value>
	      preset values

		 help
		      Print additional options and information	about  presets
		      settings.

		 medium
		      VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

		 standard
		      VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

		 extreme
		      VBR  encoding,  very  high quality, 200-240 kbps bitrate
		      range

		 insane
		      CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320	kbps bitrate

		 <8-320>
		      ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

	      EXAMPLES:
		 fast:preset=standard
		      suitable for most	people and most	music  types  and  al-
		      ready quite high quality
		 cbr:preset=192
		      Encode  with  ABR	 presets at a 192 kbps forced constant
		      bitrate.
		 preset=172
		      Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
		 preset=extreme
		      for people  with	extremely  good	 hearing  and  similar
		      equipment

   toolame and twolame (-toolameopts and -twolameopts respectively)
       br=<32-384>
	      In  CBR  mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in kbps, when
	      in VBR mode it is	the minimum bitrate allowed  per  frame.   VBR
	      mode will	not work with a	value below 112.

       vbr=<-50-50> (VBR only)
	      variability  range;  if  negative	the encoder shifts the average
	      bitrate towards the lower	limit, if positive towards the higher.
	      When set to 0 CBR	is used	(default).

       maxvbr=<32-384> (VBR only)
	      maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

       mode=<stereo | jstereo |	mono | dual>
	      (default:	mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

       psy=<-1-4>
	      psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

       errprot=<0 | 1>
	      Include error protection.

       debug=<0-10>
	      debug level

   faac	(-faacopts)
       br=<bitrate>
	      average bitrate in kbps (mutually	exclusive with quality)

       quality=<1-1000>
	      quality mode, the	higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

       object=<1-4>
	      object type complexity
		 1    MAIN (default)
		 2    LOW
		 3    SSR
		 4    LTP (extremely slow)

       mpeg=<2|4>
	      MPEG version (default: 4)

       tns
	      Enables temporal noise shaping.

       cutoff=<0-sampling_rate/2>
	      cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

       raw
	      Stores the bitstream as raw payload with extradata in  the  con-
	      tainer  header  (default:	 0,  corresponds to ADTS).  Do not set
	      this flag	if not explicitly required or you will not be able  to
	      remux the	audio stream later on.

   lavc	(-lavcopts)
       Many  libavcodec	(lavc for short) options are tersely documented.  Read
       the source for full details.

       EXAMPLE:
		 vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
	      Pass AVOptions to	libavcodec encoder.  Note, a patch to make the
	      o=  unneeded  and	 pass all unknown options through the AVOption
	      system is	welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found	in the
	      FFmpeg  manual.  Note that some AVOptions	may conflict with MEn-
	      coder options.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 o=bt=100k

       acodec=<value>
	      audio codec (default: mp2)
		 ac3
		      Dolby Digital (AC-3)
		 adpcm_*
		      Adaptive PCM formats - see the  HTML  documentation  for
		      details.
		 flac
		      Free Lossless Audio Codec	(FLAC)
		 g726
		      G.726 ADPCM
		 libfaac
		      Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) - using FAAC
		 libmp3lame
		      MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3) - using LAME
		 mp2
		      MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)
		 pcm_*
		      PCM formats - see	the HTML documentation for details.
		 roq_dpcm
		      Id Software RoQ DPCM
		 sonic
		      experimental simple lossy	codec
		 sonicls
		      experimental simple lossless codec
		 vorbis
		      Vorbis
		 wmav1
		      Windows Media Audio v1
		 wmav2
		      Windows Media Audio v2

       abitrate=<value>
	      audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

       atag=<value>
	      Use the specified	Windows	audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

       bit_exact
	      Use  only	 bit  exact  algorithms	(except	(I)DCT).  Additionally
	      bit_exact	disables several optimizations and thus	should only be
	      used  for	 regression  tests,  which need	binary identical files
	      even if the encoder version changes.  This also  suppresses  the
	      user_data	 header	in MPEG-4 streams.  Do not use this option un-
	      less you know exactly what you are doing.

       threads=<1-8>
	      Maximum number of	threads	to  use	 (default:  1).	  May  have  a
	      slight negative effect on	motion estimation.

       vcodec=<value>
	      Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
		 asv1
		      ASUS Video v1
		 asv2
		      ASUS Video v2
		 dvvideo
		      Sony Digital Video
		 ffv1
		      FFmpeg's lossless	video codec
		 ffvhuff
		      nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
		 flv
		      Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
		 h261
		      H.261
		 h263
		      H.263
		 h263p
		      H.263+
		 huffyuv
		      HuffYUV
		 libtheora
		      Theora
		 libx264
		      x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part 10
		 libxvid
		      Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)
		 ljpeg
		      Lossless JPEG
		 mjpeg
		      Motion JPEG
		 mpeg1video
		      MPEG-1 video
		 mpeg2video
		      MPEG-2 video
		 mpeg4
		      MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
		 msmpeg4
		      DivX 3
		 msmpeg4v2
		      MS MPEG4v2
		 roqvideo
		      ID Software RoQ Video
		 rv10
		      an old RealVideo codec
		 snow (also see: vstrict)
		      FFmpeg's experimental wavelet-based codec
		 svq1
		      Apple Sorenson Video 1
		 wmv1
		      Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
		 wmv2
		      Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)

       vqmin=<1-31>
	      minimum quantizer

		 1    Not  recommended	(much larger file, little quality dif-
		      ference and weird	side effects: msmpeg4,	h263  will  be
		      very low quality,	ratecontrol will be confused resulting
		      in lower quality and some	decoders will not be  able  to
		      decode it).

		 2    Recommended  for	normal	mpeg4/mpeg1video encoding (de-
		      fault).

		 3    Recommended for h263(p)/msmpeg4.	The reason for prefer-
		      ring  3 over 2 is	that 2 could lead to overflows.	 (This
		      will be fixed for	h263(p)	by changing the	quantizer  per
		      MB in the	future,	msmpeg4	cannot be fixed	as it does not
		      support that.)

       lmin=<0.01-255.0>
	      Minimum frame-level Lagrange  multiplier	for  ratecontrol  (de-
	      fault: 2.0).  Lavc will rarely use quantizers below the value of
	      lmin.  Lowering lmin will	make lavc more likely to choose	 lower
	      quantizers  for  some  frames,  but  not lower than the value of
	      vqmin.  Likewise,	raising	lmin will make	lavc  less  likely  to
	      choose  low  quantizers,	even if	vqmin would have allowed them.
	      You probably want	to set	lmin  approximately  equal  to	vqmin.
	      When  adaptive  quantization  is	in use,	changing lmin/lmax may
	      have less	of an effect; see mblmin/mblmax.

       lmax=<0.01-255.0>
	      maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

       mblmin=<0.01-255.0>
	      Minimum macroblock-level	Lagrange  multiplier  for  ratecontrol
	      (default:2.0).  This parameter affects adaptive quantization op-
	      tions like qprd, lumi_mask, etc..

       mblmax=<0.01-255.0>
	      Maximum macroblock-level	Lagrange  multiplier  for  ratecontrol
	      (default:	31.0).

       vqscale=<0-31>
	      Constant	quantizer  / constant  quality encoding	(selects fixed
	      quantizer	mode).	A lower	value means better quality but	larger
	      files (default: -1).  In case of snow codec, value 0 means loss-
	      less encoding.  Since the	other codecs do	not support this, vqs-
	      cale=0 will have an undefined effect.  1 is not recommended (see
	      vqmin for	details).

       vqmax=<1-31>
	      Maximum quantizer, 10-31 should be a sane	range (default:	31).

       vqdiff=<1-31>
	      maximum quantizer	difference between consecutive I- or  P-frames
	      (default:	3)

       vmax_b_frames=<0-4>
	      maximum number of	B-frames between non-B-frames:
		 0    no B-frames (default)
		 0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

       vme=<0-5>
	      motion estimation	method.	 Available methods are:
		 0    none (very low quality)
		 1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 2    log (low quality,	currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
		 4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be	adjusted with the *dia
		      options (default)
		 5    X1 (experimental,	currently aliased to EPZS)
		 8    iter (iterative overlapped block,	only used in snow)

	      NOTE: 0-3	currently ignores the amount of	bits spent, so quality
	      may be low.

       me_range=<0-9999>
	      motion estimation	search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

       mbd=<0-2> (also see *cmp, qpel)
	      Macroblock decision algorithm (high quality mode),  encode  each
	      macro  block in all modes	and choose the best.  This is slow but
	      results in better	quality	and file size.	When mbd is set	 to  1
	      or  2,  the value	of mbcmp is ignored when comparing macroblocks
	      (the mbcmp value is still	used in	other places though,  in  par-
	      ticular  the  motion search algorithms).	If any comparison set-
	      ting (precmp, subcmp, cmp, or  mbcmp)  is	 nonzero,  however,  a
	      slower  but  better half-pel motion search will be used, regard-
	      less of what mbd is set to.  If qpel is set, quarter-pel	motion
	      search will be used regardless.
		 0    Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).
		 1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest	bits (=vhq).
		 2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

       vhq
	      Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

       v4mv
	      Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality).
	      Works better if used with	mbd>0.

       obmc
	      overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

       loop
	      loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

       keyint=<0-300>
	      maximum interval between keyframes in frames  (default:  250  or
	      one  keyframe  every  ten	seconds	in a 25fps movie.  This	is the
	      recommended default for MPEG-4).	Most  codecs  require  regular
	      keyframes	 in order to limit the accumulation of mismatch	error.
	      Keyframes	are also needed	for seeking, as	seeking	is only	possi-
	      ble  to  a  keyframe  - but keyframes need more space than other
	      frames, so larger	numbers	here mean slightly smaller  files  but
	      less  precise  seeking.  0 is equivalent to 1, which makes every
	      frame a keyframe.	 Values	>300 are not recommended as the	quali-
	      ty might be bad depending	upon decoder, encoder and luck.	 It is
	      common for MPEG-1/2 to use values	<=30.

       sc_threshold=<-1000000000-1000000000>
	      Threshold	for scene change detection.  A keyframe	is inserted by
	      libavcodec  when it detects a scene change.  You can specify the
	      sensitivity of the  detection  with  this	 option.   -1000000000
	      means   there  is	 a  scene  change  detected  at	 every	frame,
	      1000000000 means no scene	changes	are detected (default: 0).

       sc_factor=<any positive integer>
	      Causes frames with higher	quantizers to be more likely to	 trig-
	      ger  a scene change detection and	make libavcodec	use an I-frame
	      (default:	1).  1-16 is a sane range.  Values between 2 and 6 may
	      yield  increasing	 PSNR (up to approximately 0.04	dB) and	better
	      placement	of I-frames in high-motion scenes.  Higher values than
	      6	may give very slightly better PSNR (approximately 0.01 dB more
	      than sc_factor=6), but noticably worse visual quality.

       vb_strategy=<0-2> (pass one only)
	      strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
		 0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames	(default).
		 1    Avoid B-frames in	high motion scenes.  See the  b_sensi-
		      tivity option to tune this strategy.
		 2    Places  B-frames more or less optimally to yield maximum
		      quality (slower).	 You may want to reduce	the speed  im-
		      pact of this option by tuning the	option brd_scale.

       b_sensitivity=<any integer greater than 0>
	      Adjusts  how sensitively vb_strategy=1 detects motion and	avoids
	      using B-frames (default: 40).  Lower sensitivities  will	result
	      in  more	B-frames.   Using more B-frames	usually	improves PSNR,
	      but too many B-frames can	hurt quality  in  high-motion  scenes.
	      Unless there is an extremely high	amount of motion, b_sensitivi-
	      ty can safely be lowered below the default; 10 is	 a  reasonable
	      value in most cases.

       brd_scale=<0-10>
	      Downscales  frames  for  dynamic	B-frame	decision (default: 0).
	      Each time	brd_scale is increased by one,	the  frame  dimensions
	      are  divided  by	two, which improves speed by a factor of four.
	      Both dimensions of the fully downscaled frame must be even  num-
	      bers, so brd_scale=1 requires the	original dimensions to be mul-
	      tiples of	four, brd_scale=2 requires multiples  of  eight,  etc.
	      In  other	 words,	the dimensions of the original frame must both
	      be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with no remainder.

       bidir_refine=<0-4>
	      Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks,
	      rather  than  re-using  vectors  from  the  forward and backward
	      searches.	 This option has no effect without B-frames.
		 0    Disabled (default).
		 1-4  Use a wider search (larger values	are slower).

       vpass=<1-3>
	      Activates	internal two (or more) pass mode, only specify if  you
	      wish to use two (or more)	pass encoding.
		 1    first pass (also see turbo)
		 2    second pass
		 3    Nth  pass	(second	and subsequent passes of N-pass	encod-
		      ing)
	      Here is how it works, and	how to use it:
	      The first	pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You	 might
	      want  to	deactivate  some CPU-hungry options, like "turbo" mode
	      does.
	      In two pass mode,	the second pass	(vpass=2) reads	the statistics
	      file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
	      In  N-pass  mode,	 the second pass (vpass=3, that	is not a typo)
	      does both: It first reads	the statistics,	then overwrites	 them.
	      You  might  want	to  backup  divx2pass.log before doing this if
	      there is any possibility that you	will have to cancel  MEncoder.
	      You can use all encoding options,	except very CPU-hungry options
	      like "qns".
	      You can run this same pass over and over to refine  the  encode.
	      Each  subsequent	pass will use the statistics from the previous
	      pass to improve.	The final pass can include any CPU-hungry  en-
	      coding options.
	      If  you  want  a	2  pass	 encode,  use  first vpass=1, and then
	      vpass=2.
	      If you want a 3 or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for  the	 first
	      pass and then vpass=3 and	then vpass=3 again and again until you
	      are satisfied with the encode.

	      huffyuv:
		 pass 1
		      Saves statistics.
		 pass 2
		      Encodes with an optimal Huffman table based upon statis-
		      tics from	the first pass.

       turbo (two pass only)
	      Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and dis-
	      abling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably	reduce	global
	      PSNR  a  little  bit (around 0.01dB) and change individual frame
	      type and PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

       aspect=<x/y>
	      Store movie aspect internally, just like with MPEG files.	  Much
	      nicer  than  rescaling,  because quality is not decreased.  Only
	      MPlayer will play	these files correctly, other players will dis-
	      play  them with wrong aspect.  The aspect	parameter can be given
	      as a ratio or a floating point number.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 aspect=16/9 or	aspect=1.78

       autoaspect
	      Same as the aspect option, but  automatically  computes  aspect,
	      taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
	      made in the filter chain.	 Does not incur	a performance penalty,
	      so you can safely	leave it always	on.

       vbitrate=<value>
	      Specify bitrate (default:	800).
	      WARNING: 1kbit = 1000 bits
		 4-16000
		      (in kbit)
		 16001-24000000
		      (in bit)

       vratetol=<value>
	      approximated file	size tolerance in kbit.	 1000-100000 is	a sane
	      range.  (warning:	1kbit =	1000 bits) (default: 8000)
	      NOTE: vratetol should not	be too large during the	second pass or
	      there might be problems if vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

       vrc_maxrate=<value>
	      maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_minrate=<value>
	      minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_buf_size=<value>
	      buffer  size  in kbit For	MPEG-1/2 this also sets	the vbv	buffer
	      size, use	327 for	VCD, 917 for SVCD and 1835 for DVD.

       vrc_buf_aggressivity
	      currently	useless

       vrc_strategy
	      Ratecontrol method.  Note	that some of the ratecontrol-affecting
	      options will have	no effect if vrc_strategy is not set to	0.
		 0    Use internal lavc	ratecontrol (default).
		 1    Use Xvid ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to
		      be compiled with support for Xvid	1.1 or higher).

       vb_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
	      quantizer	factor between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
	      quantizer	factor between I- and non-I-frames (default: 0.8)

       vb_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
	      quantizer	offset between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
	      (default:	0.0)
	      if v{b|i}_qfactor	> 0
	      I/B-frame	quantizer  =  P-frame  quantizer  *  v{b|i}_qfactor  +
	      v{b|i}_qoffset
	      else
	      do  normal  ratecontrol  (do not lock to next P-frame quantizer)
	      and set q= -q * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
	      HINT: To do constant quantizer encoding with different  quantiz-
	      ers  for	I/P-  and B-frames you can use:	lmin= <ip_quant>:lmax=
	      <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/ip_quant>.

       vqblur=<0.0-1.0>	(pass one)
	      Quantizer	blur (default: 0.5), larger values  will  average  the
	      quantizer	more over time (slower change).
		 0.0  Quantizer	blur disabled.
		 1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

       vqblur=<0.0-99.0> (pass two)
	      Quantizer	gaussian blur (default:	0.5), larger values will aver-
	      age the quantizer	more over time (slower change).

       vqcomp=<0.0-1.0>
	      Quantizer	compression, vrc_eq depends upon this (default:	 0.5).
	      NOTE:  Perceptual	 quality  will be optimal somewhere in between
	      the range's extremes.

       vrc_eq=<equation>
	      main ratecontrol equation

		 1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
		      approximately the	equation of the	old ratecontrol	code

		 tex^qComp
		      with qcomp 0.5 or	something like that (default)

	      infix operators:

		 +,-,*,/,^

	      variables:

		 tex
		      texture complexity

		 iTex,pTex
		      intra, non-intra texture complexity

		 avgTex
		      average texture complexity

		 avgIITex
		      average intra texture complexity in I-frames

		 avgPITex
		      average intra texture complexity in P-frames

		 avgPPTex
		      average non-intra	texture	complexity in P-frames

		 avgBPTex
		      average non-intra	texture	complexity in B-frames

		 mv
		      bits used	for motion vectors

		 fCode
		      maximum length of	motion vector in log2 scale

		 iCount
		      number of	intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

		 var
		      spatial complexity

		 mcVar
		      temporal complexity

		 qComp
		      qcomp from the command line

		 isI, isP, isB
		      Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

		 Pi,E
		      See your favorite	math book.

	      functions:

		 max(a,b),min(a,b)
		      maximum /	minimum

		 gt(a,b)
		      is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

		 lt(a,b)
		      is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

		 eq(a,b)
		      is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

		 sin, cos, tan,	sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

       vrc_override=<options>
	      User specified quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,
	      ...).   The  options  are	 <start-frame>,	 <end-frame>,  <quali-
	      ty>[/<start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/...]]:
		 quality (2-31)
		      quantizer
		 quality (-500-0)
		      quality correction in %

       vrc_init_cplx=<0-1000>
	      initial complexity (pass 1)

       vrc_init_occupancy=<0.0-1.0>
	      initial buffer occupancy,	as a  fraction	of  vrc_buf_size  (de-
	      fault: 0.9)

       vqsquish=<0|1>
	      Specify how to keep the quantizer	between	qmin and qmax.
		 0    Use clipping.
		 1    Use a nice differentiable	function (default).

       vlelim=<-1000-1000>
	      Sets  single  coefficient	 elimination  threshold	for luminance.
	      Negative values will also	consider the DC	coefficient (should be
	      at least -4 or lower for encoding	at quant=1):
		 0    disabled (default)
		 -4   JVT recommendation

       vcelim=<-1000-1000>
	      Sets  single  coefficient	elimination threshold for chrominance.
	      Negative values will also	consider the DC	coefficient (should be
	      at least -4 or lower for encoding	at quant=1):
		 0    disabled (default)
		 7    JVT recommendation

       vstrict=<-2|-1|0|1>
	      strict standard compliance
		 0    disabled
		 1    Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the
		      MPEG-4 reference decoder.
		 -1   Allow libavcodec specific	extensions (default).
		 -2   Enables experimental codecs and features which  may  not
		      be playable with future MPlayer versions (snow).

       vdpart
	      Data  partitioning.  Adds	2 Bytes	per video packet, improves er-
	      ror-resistance when transferring over unreliable channels	 (e.g.
	      streaming	over the internet).  Each video	packet will be encoded
	      in 3 separate partitions:
		 1. MVs
		      movement
		 2. DC coefficients
		      low res picture
		 3. AC coefficients
		      details
	      MV & DC are most important, losing them  looks  far  worse  than
	      losing  the  AC  and  the	 1. & 2. partition.  (MV & DC) are far
	      smaller than the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will  hit
	      the  AC  partition  much more often than the MV &	DC partitions.
	      Thus, the	picture	will look better with partitioning than	 with-
	      out, as without partitioning an error will trash AC/DC/MV	equal-
	      ly.

       vpsize=<0-10000>	(also see vdpart)
	      Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
		 0
		      disabled (default)
		 100-1000
		      good choice

       ss
	      slice structured mode for	H.263+

       gray
	      grayscale	only encoding (faster)

       vfdct=<0-10>
	      DCT algorithm
		 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
		 1    fast integer
		 2    accurate integer
		 3    MMX
		 4    mlib
		 5    AltiVec
		 6    floating point AAN

       idct=<0-99>
	      IDCT algorithm
	      NOTE: To the best	of our knowledge all these IDCTs do  pass  the
	      IEEE1180 tests.
		 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
		 1    JPEG reference integer
		 2    simple
		 3    simplemmx
		 4    libmpeg2mmx  (inaccurate,	 do  not use for encoding with
		      keyint >100)
		 5    ps2
		 6    mlib
		 7    arm
		 8    AltiVec
		 9    sh4
		 10   simplearm
		 11   H.264
		 12   VP3
		 13   IPP
		 14   xvidmmx
		 15   CAVS
		 16   simplearmv5te
		 17   simplearmv6

       lumi_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      Luminance	masking	is a 'psychosensory' setting that is  supposed
	      to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
	      details in very bright parts of the picture.  Luminance  masking
	      compresses  bright  areas	 stronger than medium ones, so it will
	      save bits	that can be spent again	on other frames, raising over-
	      all subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
	      WARNING:	Be  careful,  overly large values can cause disastrous
	      things.
	      WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors  but  may
	      look horrible on other monitors.
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.3
		      sane range

       dark_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      Darkness	masking	 is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed
	      to make use of the fact that the human eye tends to notice fewer
	      details  in  very	 dark  parts of	the picture.  Darkness masking
	      compresses dark areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save
	      bits  that  can  be spent	again on other frames, raising overall
	      subjective quality, while	possibly reducing PSNR.
	      WARNING: Be careful, overly large	values	can  cause  disastrous
	      things.
	      WARNING:	Large  values might look good on some monitors but may
	      look horrible on other monitors /	TV / TFT.
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.3
		      sane range

       tcplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      Temporal complexity masking (default: 0.0	(disabled)).   Imagine
	      a	 scene	with  a	bird flying across the whole scene; tcplx_mask
	      will raise the quantizers	of the bird's  macroblocks  (thus  de-
	      creasing	their quality),	as the human eye usually does not have
	      time to see all the bird's  details.   Be	 warned	 that  if  the
	      masked  object  stops (e.g. the bird lands) it is	likely to look
	      horrible for a short period of time, until the  encoder  figures
	      out that the object is not moving	and needs refined blocks.  The
	      saved bits will be spent on other	parts of the video, which  may
	      increase	subjective  quality, provided that tcplx_mask is care-
	      fully chosen.

       scplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      Spatial complexity masking.  Larger values help against  blocki-
	      ness,  if	 no  deblocking	 filter	is used	for decoding, which is
	      maybe not	a good idea.
	      Imagine a	scene with grass (which	usually	has great spatial com-
	      plexity),	 a  blue  sky  and  a house; scplx_mask	will raise the
	      quantizers of the	grass' macroblocks, thus decreasing its	quali-
	      ty, in order to spend more bits on the sky and the house.
	      HINT:  Crop any black borders completely as they will reduce the
	      quality of the macroblocks (also applies without scplx_mask).
		 0.0
		      disabled (default)
		 0.0-0.5
		      sane range

	      NOTE: This setting does not have the same	effect as using	a cus-
	      tom  matrix  that	would compress high frequencies	harder,	as sc-
	      plx_mask will reduce the quality of P blocks even	if only	DC  is
	      changing.	  The  result  of scplx_mask will probably not look as
	      good.

       p_mask=<0.0-1.0>	(also see vi_qfactor)
	      Reduces the quality of inter blocks.  This is equivalent to  in-
	      creasing	the  quality of	intra blocks, because the same average
	      bitrate will be distributed by the rate controller to the	 whole
	      video  sequence  (default:  0.0 (disabled)).  p_mask=1.0 doubles
	      the bits allocated to each intra block.

       border_mask=<0.0-1.0>
	      border-processing	for MPEG-style	encoders.   Border  processing
	      increases	 the  quantizer	 for  macroblocks  which are less than
	      1/5th of the frame width/height  away  from  the	frame  border,
	      since they are often visually less important.

       naq
	      Normalize	 adaptive  quantization	 (experimental).   When	 using
	      adaptive quantization (*_mask), the average per-MB quantizer may
	      no  longer  match	the requested frame-level quantizer.  Naq will
	      attempt to adjust	the per-MB quantizers to maintain  the	proper
	      average.

       ildct
	      Use interlaced DCT.

       ilme
	      Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with	qpel).

       alt
	      Use alternative scantable.

       top=<-1-1>
		 -1   automatic
		 0    bottom field first
		 1    top field	first

       format=<value>
		 YV12
		      default
		 444P
		      for ffv1
		 422P
		      for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
		 411P
		      for lossless JPEG, dv and	ffv1
		 YVU9
		      for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and svq1
		 BGR32
		      for lossless JPEG	and ffv1

       pred
	      (for HuffYUV)
		 0    left prediction
		 1    plane/gradient prediction
		 2    median prediction

       pred
	      (for lossless JPEG)
		 0    left prediction
		 1    top prediction
		 2    topleft prediction
		 3    plane/gradient prediction
		 6    mean prediction

       coder
	      (for ffv1)
		 0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
		 1    arithmetic coding	(CABAC)

       context
	      (for ffv1)
		 0    small context model
		 1    large context model

	      (for ffvhuff)
		 0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
		 1    adaptive Huffman tables

       qpel
	      Use quarter pel motion  compensation  (mutually  exclusive  with
	      ilme).
	      HINT: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

       mbcmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets  the	 comparison  function for the macroblock decision, has
	      only an effect if	mbd=0.	This is	 also  used  for  some	motion
	      search  functions,  in which case	it has an effect regardless of
	      mbd setting.
		 0 (SAD)
		      sum of absolute differences, fast	(default)
		 1 (SSE)
		      sum of squared errors
		 2 (SATD)
		      sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
		 3 (DCT)
		      sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
		 4 (PSNR)
		      sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
		 5 (BIT)
		      number of	bits needed for	the block
		 6 (RD)
		      rate distortion optimal, slow
		 7 (ZERO)
		      0
		 8 (VSAD)
		      sum of absolute vertical differences
		 9 (VSSE)
		      sum of squared vertical differences
		 10 (NSSE)
		      noise preserving sum of squared differences
		 11 (W53)
		      5/3 wavelet, only	used in	snow
		 12 (W97)
		      9/7 wavelet, only	used in	snow
		 +256
		      Also use chroma, currently  does	not  work  (correctly)
		      with B-frames.

       ildctcmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets  the	 comparison  function for interlaced DCT decision (see
	      mbcmp for	available comparison functions).

       precmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets the comparison function for motion estimation pre pass (see
	      mbcmp for	available comparison functions)	(default: 0).

       cmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets the comparison function for full pel	motion estimation (see
	      mbcmp for	available comparison functions)	(default: 0).

       subcmp=<0-2000>
	      Sets the comparison function for sub pel motion estimation  (see
	      mbcmp for	available comparison functions)	(default: 0).

       skipcmp=<0-2000>
	      FIXME: Document this.

       nssew=<0-1000000>
	      This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will re-
	      sult in more noise.  0 NSSE is identical to  SSE	You  may  find
	      this  useful  if	you  prefer to keep some noise in your encoded
	      video rather than	filtering it away  before  encoding  (default:
	      8).

       predia=<-99-6>
	      diamond type and size for	motion estimation pre-pass

       dia=<-99-6>
	      Diamond  type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is an
	      iterative	process.  Using	a small	diamond	 does  not  limit  the
	      search  to  finding only small motion vectors.  It is just some-
	      what more	likely to stop before finding  the  very  best	motion
	      vector,  especially when noise is	involved.  Bigger diamonds al-
	      low a wider search for the best motion vector, thus  are	slower
	      but result in better quality.
	      Big  normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive dia-
	      monds.
	      Shape-adaptive diamonds are a good tradeoff  between  speed  and
	      quality.
	      NOTE:  The  sizes	of the normal diamonds and shape adaptive ones
	      do not have the same meaning.

		 -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

		 -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

		 -1   uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)

		 1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
			    0
			   000
			    0

		 2    normal size=2 diamond
			    0
			   000
			  00000
			   000
			    0

       trell
	      Trellis searched quantization.  This will	find the  optimal  en-
	      coding  for  each	 8x8  block.  Trellis searched quantization is
	      quite simply an optimal quantization in the PSNR versus  bitrate
	      sense  (Assuming	that  there would be no	rounding errors	intro-
	      duced by the IDCT, which is obviously not	the case.).  It	simply
	      finds a block for	the minimum of error and lambda*bits.
		 lambda
		      quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
		 bits
		      amount of	bits needed to encode the block
		 error
		      sum of squared errors of the quantization

       cbp
	      Rate  distorted  optimal	coded  block pattern.  Will select the
	      coded block pattern which	minimizes  distortion  +  lambda*rate.
	      This can only be used together with trellis quantization.

       mv0
	      Try  to  encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and	choose the better one.
	      This has no effect if mbd=0.

       mv0_threshold=<any non-negative integer>
	      When surrounding motion vectors are <0,0>	and the	motion estima-
	      tion  score  of  the  current  block is less than	mv0_threshold,
	      <0,0> is used for	the motion vector and further  motion  estima-
	      tion is skipped (default:	256).  Lowering	mv0_threshold to 0 can
	      give a slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase and possibly	make  the  en-
	      coded video look slightly	better;	raising	mv0_threshold past 320
	      results in diminished PSNR and visual  quality.	Higher	values
	      speed up encoding	very slightly (usually less than 1%, depending
	      on the other options used).
	      NOTE: This option	does not require mv0 to	be enabled.

       qprd (mbd=2 only)
	      rate distorted optimal quantization parameter (QP) for the given
	      lambda of	each macroblock

       last_pred=<0-99>
	      amount of	motion predictors from the previous frame
		 0    (default)
		 a    Will  use	2a+1 x 2a+1 macroblock square of motion	vector
		      predictors from the previous frame.

       preme=<0-2>
	      motion estimation	pre-pass
		 0    disabled
		 1    only after I-frames (default)
		 2    always

       subq=<1-8>
	      subpel refinement	quality	(for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
	      NOTE: This has a significant effect on speed.

       refs=<1-8>
	      number  of  reference frames to consider for motion compensation
	      (Snow only) (default: 1)

       psnr
	      print the	PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole	 video
	      after  encoding  and  store  the per frame PSNR in a file	with a
	      name like	'psnr_hhmmss.log'.  Returned values are	in  dB	(deci-
	      bel), the	higher the better.

       mpeg_quant
	      Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       aic
	      Enable AC	prediction for MPEG-4 or advanced intra	prediction for
	      H.263+.  This will improve quality very slightly (around 0.02 dB
	      PSNR) and	slow down encoding very	slightly (about	1%).
	      NOTE: vqmin should be 8 or larger	for H.263+ AIC.

       aiv
	      alternative inter	vlc for	H.263+

       umv
	      unlimited	 MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily long
	      MVs.

       ibias=<-256-256>
	      intra quantizer bias (256	equals 1.0, MPEG style	quantizer  de-
	      fault: 96, H.263 style quantizer default:	0)
	      NOTE: The	H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
	      vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative bi-
	      ases (set	vfdct=1	or 2).

       pbias=<-256-256>
	      inter  quantizer	bias (256 equals 1.0, MPEG style quantizer de-
	      fault: 0,	H.263 style quantizer default: -64)
	      NOTE: The	H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set
	      vfdct=1 or 2), the MPEG MMX quantizer cannot handle negative bi-
	      ases (set	vfdct=1	or 2).
	      HINT: A more positive bias (-32 -	-16 instead of -64)  seems  to
	      improve the PSNR.

       nr=<0-100000>
	      Noise  reduction,	0 means	disabled.  0-600 is a useful range for
	      typical content, but you may want	to turn	it up a	bit  more  for
	      very  noisy  content  (default:  0).   Given its small impact on
	      speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
	      away with	video filters like denoise3d or	hqdn3d.

       qns=<0-3>
	      Quantizer	 noise	shaping.  Rather than choosing quantization to
	      most closely match the source video in the PSNR sense, it	choos-
	      es quantization such that	noise (usually ringing)	will be	masked
	      by similar-frequency content in the image.   Larger  values  are
	      slower  but  may	not  result  in	 better	quality.  This can and
	      should be	used together with trellis quantization, in which case
	      the  trellis  quantization (optimal for constant weight) will be
	      used as startpoint for the iterative search.
		 0    disabled (default)
		 1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
		 2    Only change coefficients before the last non-zero	 coef-
		      ficient +	1.
		 3    Try all.

       inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
	      Use  custom  inter matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of
	      64 integers.

       intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
	      Use custom intra matrix.	It needs a comma separated  string  of
	      64 integers.

       vqmod_amp
	      experimental quantizer modulation

       vqmod_freq
	      experimental quantizer modulation

       dc
	      intra  DC	 precision  in	bits  (default:	 8).   If  you specify
	      vcodec=mpeg2video	this value can be 8, 9,	10 or 11.

       cgop (also see sc_threshold)
	      Close all	GOPs.  Currently it only works if scene	change	detec-
	      tion is disabled (sc_threshold=1000000000).

       gmc
	      Enable Global Motion Compensation.

       (no)lowdelay
	      Sets the low delay flag for MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).

       vglobal=<0-3>
	      Control writing global video headers.
		 0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
		 1    Write  global  headers  only  in	extradata  (needed for
		      .mp4/MOV/NUT).
		 2    Write global headers only	in front of keyframes.
		 3    Combine 1	and 2.

       aglobal=<0-3>
	      Same as vglobal for audio	headers.

       level=<value>
	      Set CodecContext Level.  Use  31	or  41	to  play  video	 on  a
	      Playstation 3.

       skip_exp=<0-1000000>
	      FIXME: Document this.

       skip_factor=<0-1000000>
	      FIXME: Document this.

       skip_threshold=<0-1000000>
	      FIXME: Document this.

   nuv (-nuvopts)
       Nuppel  video  is based on RTJPEG and LZO.  By default frames are first
       encoded with RTJPEG and then compressed with LZO, but it	is possible to
       disable either or both of the two passes.  As a result, you can in fact
       output raw i420,	LZO compressed i420, RTJPEG, or	the default  LZO  com-
       pressed RTJPEG.
       NOTE:  The nuvrec documentation contains	some advice and	examples about
       the settings to use for the most	common TV encodings.

       c=<0-20>
	      chrominance threshold (default: 1)

       l=<0-20>
	      luminance	threshold (default: 1)

       lzo
	      Enable LZO compression (default).

       nolzo
	      Disable LZO compression.

       q=<3-255>
	      quality level (default: 255)

       raw
	      Disable RTJPEG encoding.

       rtjpeg
	      Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xvidenc (-xvidencopts)
       There are three modes available:	constant bitrate (CBR),	fixed quantiz-
       er and two pass.

       pass=<1|2>
	      Specify the pass in two pass mode.

       turbo (two pass only)
	      Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and dis-
	      abling CPU-intensive options.  This will probably	reduce	global
	      PSNR  a  little  bit and change individual frame type and	PSNR a
	      little bit more.

       bitrate=<value> (CBR or two pass	mode)
	      Sets the bitrate to be used in  kbits/second  if	<16000	or  in
	      bits/second  if  >16000.	 If <value> is negative, Xvid will use
	      its absolute value as the	target size (in	kBytes)	of  the	 video
	      and  compute  the	associated bitrate automagically (default: 687
	      kbits/s).

       fixed_quant=<1-31>
	      Switch to	fixed quantizer	mode and specify the quantizer	to  be
	      used.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]] (CBR or two pass mode)
	      User  specified  quality	for  specific  parts (ending, credits,
	      ...).  Each zone is  <start-frame>,<mode>,<value>	 where	<mode>
	      may be
		 q    Constant quantizer override, where value=<2.0-31.0> rep-
		      resents the quantizer value.
		 w    Ratecontrol  weight  override,  where  value=<0.01-2.00>
		      represents the quality correction	in %.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 zones=90000,q,20
		      Encodes all frames starting with frame 90000 at constant
		      quantizer	20.
		 zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
		      Encode frames 0-10000  at	 10%  bitrate,	encode	frames
		      90000 up to the end at constant quantizer	20.  Note that
		      the second zone is needed	to delimit the first zone,  as
		      without  it everything up	until frame 89999 would	be en-
		      coded at 10% bitrate.

       me_quality=<0-6>
	      This option controls the motion estimation subsystem.  The high-
	      er  the  value,  the  more precise the estimation	should be (de-
	      fault: 6).  The more precise the motion estimation is, the  more
	      bits  can	 be  saved.  Precision is gained at the	expense	of CPU
	      time so decrease this setting if you need	realtime encoding.

       (no)qpel
	      MPEG-4 uses a half pixel precision for its motion	search by  de-
	      fault.   The standard proposes a mode where encoders are allowed
	      to use quarter pixel precision.  This option usually results  in
	      a	sharper	image.	Unfortunately it has a great impact on bitrate
	      and sometimes the	higher bitrate use will	prevent	it from	giving
	      a	better image quality at	a fixed	bitrate.  It is	better to test
	      with and without this option and see whether it is  worth	 acti-
	      vating.

       (no)gmc
	      Enable  Global  Motion  Compensation,  which makes Xvid generate
	      special frames (GMC-frames) which	are well suited	for  Pan/Zoom/
	      Rotating	images.	  Whether  or  not the use of this option will
	      save bits	is highly dependent on the source material.

       (no)trellis
	      Trellis Quantization is a	kind of	adaptive  quantization	method
	      that saves bits by modifying quantized coefficients to make them
	      more compressible	by the entropy encoder.	 Its impact on quality
	      is  good,	and if VHQ uses	too much CPU for you, this setting can
	      be a good	alternative to save a few bits (and  gain  quality  at
	      fixed bitrate) at	a lesser cost than with	VHQ (default: on).

       (no)cartoon
	      Activate	this if	your encoded sequence is an anime/cartoon.  It
	      modifies some Xvid internal thresholds so	Xvid takes better  de-
	      cisions  on frame	types and motion vectors for flat looking car-
	      toons.

       (no)chroma_me
	      The usual	motion estimation algorithm uses  only	the  luminance
	      information  to  find  the best motion vector.  However for some
	      video material, using the	chroma planes  can  help  find	better
	      vectors.	 This setting toggles the use of chroma	planes for mo-
	      tion estimation (default:	on).

       (no)chroma_opt
	      Enable a chroma optimizer	prefilter.  It will do some extra mag-
	      ic on color information to minimize the stepped-stairs effect on
	      edges.  It will improve quality at the cost of  encoding	speed.
	      It  reduces PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation	to the
	      original picture will get	bigger,	but the	subjective image qual-
	      ity  will	 raise.	  Since	 it  works with	color information, you
	      might want to turn it off	when encoding in grayscale.

       (no)hq_ac
	      Activates	high-quality prediction	of AC coefficients  for	 intra
	      frames from neighbor blocks (default: on).

       vhq=<0-4>
	      The  motion  search  algorithm is	based on a search in the usual
	      color domain and tries to	find a motion  vector  that  minimizes
	      the  difference  between	the  reference	frame  and the encoded
	      frame.  With this	setting	activated, Xvid	will also use the fre-
	      quency domain (DCT) to search for	a motion vector	that minimizes
	      not only the spatial difference but also the encoding length  of
	      the block.  Fastest to slowest:
		 0    off
		 1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
		 2    limited search
		 3    medium search
		 4    wide search

       (no)lumi_mask
	      Adaptive	quantization  allows the macroblock quantizers to vary
	      inside each frame.  This is a 'psychosensory'  setting  that  is
	      supposed to make use of the fact that the	human eye tends	to no-
	      tice fewer details in very bright	and very  dark	parts  of  the
	      picture.	 It  compresses	 those areas more strongly than	medium
	      ones, which will save bits that can  be  spent  again  on	 other
	      frames, raising overall subjective quality and possibly reducing
	      PSNR.

       (no)grayscale
	      Make  Xvid  discard  chroma  planes  so  the  encoded  video  is
	      grayscale	 only.	 Note that this	does not speed up encoding, it
	      just prevents chroma data	from being written in the  last	 stage
	      of encoding.

       (no)interlacing
	      Encode  the  fields of interlaced	video material.	 Turn this op-
	      tion on for interlaced content.
	      NOTE: Should you rescale the video, you would need an interlace-
	      aware    resizer,	   which    you	   can	 activate   with   -vf
	      scale=<width>:<height>:1.

       min_iquant=<0-31>
	      minimum I-frame quantizer	(default: 2)

       max_iquant=<0-31>
	      maximum I-frame quantizer	(default: 31)

       min_pquant=<0-31>
	      minimum P-frame quantizer	(default: 2)

       max_pquant=<0-31>
	      maximum P-frame quantizer	(default: 31)

       min_bquant=<0-31>
	      minimum B-frame quantizer	(default: 2)

       max_bquant=<0-31>
	      maximum B-frame quantizer	(default: 31)

       min_key_interval=<value>	(two pass only)
	      minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

       max_key_interval=<value>
	      maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

       quant_type=<h263|mpeg>
	      Sets the type of quantizer to use.  For high bitrates, you  will
	      find  that MPEG quantization preserves more detail.  For low bi-
	      trates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less	 block	noise.
	      When using custom	matrices, MPEG quantization must be used.

       quant_intra_matrix=<filename>
	      Load a custom intra matrix file.	You can	build such a file with
	      xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       quant_inter_matrix=<filename>
	      Load a custom inter matrix file.	You can	build such a file with
	      xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       keyframe_boost=<0-1000> (two pass mode only)
	      Shift  some  bits	 from  the pool	for other frame	types to intra
	      frames, thus improving keyframe quality.	This amount is an  ex-
	      tra  percentage,	so  a value of 10 will give your keyframes 10%
	      more bits	than normal (default: 0).

       kfthreshold=<value> (two	pass mode only)
	      Works together with kfreduction.	Determines  the	 minimum  dis-
	      tance  below  which  you consider	that two frames	are considered
	      consecutive and treated  differently  according  to  kfreduction
	      (default:	10).

       kfreduction=<0-100> (two	pass mode only)
	      The  above  two  settings	 can  be  used	to  adjust the size of
	      keyframes	that you consider too close to the first (in  a	 row).
	      kfthreshold  sets	 the range in which keyframes are reduced, and
	      kfreduction determines the bitrate reduction they	get.  The last
	      I-frame will get treated normally	(default: 30).

       max_bframes=<0-4>
	      Maximum  number  of B-frames to put between I/P-frames (default:
	      2).

       bquant_ratio=<0-1000>
	      quantizer	ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50  (default:
	      150)

       bquant_offset=<-1000-1000>
	      quantizer	offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default:
	      100)

       bf_threshold=<-255-255>
	      This setting allows you to specify what priority to place	on the
	      use of B-frames.	The higher the value, the higher the probabil-
	      ity of B-frames being used (default: 0).	Do not forget that  B-
	      frames usually have a higher quantizer, and therefore aggressive
	      production of B-frames may cause worse visual quality.

       (no)closed_gop
	      This option tells	Xvid to	close every  GOP  (Group  Of  Pictures
	      bounded by two I-frames),	which makes GOPs independent from each
	      other.  This just	implies	that the last frame of the GOP is  ei-
	      ther  a P-frame or a N-frame but not a B-frame.  It is usually a
	      good idea	to turn	this option on (default: on).

       (no)packed
	      This option is meant to solve frame-order	issues	when  encoding
	      to container formats like	AVI that cannot	cope with out-of-order
	      frames.  In practice, most decoders (both	software and hardware)
	      are  able	 to deal with frame-order themselves, and may get con-
	      fused when this option is	turned on, so you can safely leave  if
	      off, unless you really know what you are doing.
	      WARNING:	This  will generate an illegal bitstream, and will not
	      be decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders except DivX/libavcodec/Xvid.
	      WARNING: This will also store a fake DivX	version	in the file so
	      the bug autodetection of some decoders might be confused.

       frame_drop_ratio=<0-100>	(max_bframes=0 only)
	      This setting allows the creation	of  variable  framerate	 video
	      streams.	 The  value of the setting specifies a threshold under
	      which, if	the difference of the following	frame to the  previous
	      frame is below or	equal to this threshold, a frame gets not cod-
	      ed (a so called n-vop is placed in the  stream).	 On  playback,
	      when reaching an n-vop the previous frame	will be	displayed.
	      WARNING:	Playing	with this setting may result in	a jerky	video,
	      so use it	at your	own risks!

       rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value>
	      This parameter controls the number of frames the CBR  rate  con-
	      troller will wait	before reacting	to bitrate changes and compen-
	      sating for them to obtain	a constant bitrate over	 an  averaging
	      range of frames.

       rc_averaging_period=<value>
	      Real  CBR	 is hard to achieve.  Depending	on the video material,
	      bitrate can be variable, and hard	to  predict.   Therefore  Xvid
	      uses  an averaging period	for which it guarantees	a given	amount
	      of bits (minus a small variation).  This settings	expresses  the
	      "number  of frames" for which Xvid averages bitrate and tries to
	      achieve CBR.

       rc_buffer=<value>
	      size of the rate control buffer

       curve_compression_high=<0-100>
	      This setting allows Xvid to take a certain  percentage  of  bits
	      away  from  high	bitrate	 scenes	 and give them back to the bit
	      reservoir.  You could also use this if you have a	clip  with  so
	      many  bits allocated to high-bitrate scenes that the low(er)-bi-
	      trate scenes start to look bad (default: 0).

       curve_compression_low=<0-100>
	      This setting allows Xvid to give a certain percentage  of	 extra
	      bits  to	the low	bitrate	scenes,	taking a few bits from the en-
	      tire clip.  This might come in handy if you have a  few  low-bi-
	      trate scenes that	are still blocky (default: 0).

       overflow_control_strength=<0-100>
	      During  pass one of two pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve is
	      computed.	 The difference	between	that expected  curve  and  the
	      result  obtained during encoding is called overflow.  Obviously,
	      the two pass rate	controller tries to compensate for that	 over-
	      flow,  distributing  it over the next frames.  This setting con-
	      trols how	much of	the overflow is	distributed every  time	 there
	      is  a  new  frame.   Low values allow lazy overflow control, big
	      rate bursts are compensated for more slowly (could lead to  lack
	      of  precision for	small clips).  Higher values will make changes
	      in bit redistribution more abrupt, possibly too  abrupt  if  you
	      set it too high, creating	artifacts (default: 5).
	      NOTE:  This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it careful-
	      ly!

       max_overflow_improvement=<0-100>
	      During the frame bit allocation, overflow	control	 may  increase
	      the frame	size.  This parameter specifies	the maximum percentage
	      by which the overflow control is allowed to increase  the	 frame
	      size, compared to	the ideal curve	allocation (default: 5).

       max_overflow_degradation=<0-100>
	      During  the  frame bit allocation, overflow control may decrease
	      the frame	size.  This parameter specifies	the maximum percentage
	      by  which	 the overflow control is allowed to decrease the frame
	      size, compared to	the ideal curve	allocation (default: 5).

       container_frame_overhead=<0...>
	      Specifies	a frame	average	overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of
	      the time users express their target bitrate for video w/o	taking
	      care of the video	container overhead.  This small	 but  (mostly)
	      constant overhead	can cause the target file size to be exceeded.
	      Xvid allows users	to set the amount of overhead  per  frame  the
	      container	 generates  (give only an average per frame).  0 has a
	      special meaning, it lets Xvid use	its own	 default  values  (de-
	      fault: 24	- AVI average overhead).

       profile=<profile_name>
	      Restricts	options	and VBV	(peak bitrate over a short period) ac-
	      cording to the Simple, Advanced Simple and DivX  profiles.   The
	      resulting	videos should be playable on standalone	players	adher-
	      ing to these profile specifications.
		 unrestricted
		      no restrictions (default)
		 sp0
		      simple profile at	level 0
		 sp1
		      simple profile at	level 1
		 sp2
		      simple profile at	level 2
		 sp3
		      simple profile at	level 3
		 sp4a
		      simple profile at	level 4a
		 sp5
		      simple profile at	level 5
		 sp6
		      simple profile at	level 6
		 asp0
		      advanced simple profile at level 0
		 asp1
		      advanced simple profile at level 1
		 asp2
		      advanced simple profile at level 2
		 asp3
		      advanced simple profile at level 3
		 asp4
		      advanced simple profile at level 4
		 asp5
		      advanced simple profile at level 5
		 dxnhandheld
		      DXN handheld profile
		 dxnportntsc
		      DXN portable NTSC	profile
		 dxnportpal
		      DXN portable PAL profile
		 dxnhtntsc
		      DXN home theater NTSC profile
		 dxnhtpal
		      DXN home theater PAL profile
		 dxnhdtv
		      DXN HDTV profile
	      NOTE: These profiles should be used in conjunction with  an  ap-
	      propriate	-ffourcc.  Generally DX50 is applicable, as some play-
	      ers do not recognize Xvid	but most recognize DivX.

       par=<mode>
	      Specifies	the Pixel Aspect Ratio mode (not to be	confused  with
	      DAR,  the	 Display Aspect	Ratio).	 PAR is	the ratio of the width
	      and height of a single pixel.  So	both are  related  like	 this:
	      DAR = PAR	* (width/height).
	      MPEG-4  defines 5	pixel aspect ratios and	one extended one, giv-
	      ing the opportunity to specify a specific	pixel aspect ratio.  5
	      standard modes can be specified:
		 vga11
		      It is the	usual PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a	square
		      unit.
		 pal43
		      PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are	rectangles.
		 pal169
		      same as above
		 ntsc43
		      same as above
		 ntsc169
		      same as above (Do	not forget to give the exact ratio.)
		 ext
		      Allows you to specify your own pixel aspect  ratio  with
		      par_width	and par_height.
	      NOTE:  In	 general,  setting  aspect  and	 autoaspect options is
	      enough.

       par_width=<1-255> (par=ext only)
	      Specifies	the width of the custom	pixel aspect ratio.

       par_height=<1-255> (par=ext only)
	      Specifies	the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       aspect=<x/y | f (float value)>
	      Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files.  Much nicer
	      solution	than  rescaling,  because  quality  is	not decreased.
	      MPlayer and a few	others players will play these files  correct-
	      ly,  others will display them with the wrong aspect.  The	aspect
	      parameter	can be given as	a ratio	or a floating point number.

       (no)autoaspect
	      Same as the aspect option, but  automatically  computes  aspect,
	      taking into account all the adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.)
	      made in the filter chain.

       psnr
	      Print the	PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole	 video
	      after  encoding  and  store  the per frame PSNR in a file	with a
	      name like	'psnr_hhmmss.log' in the current directory.   Returned
	      values are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.

       debug
	      Save  per-frame  statistics  in ./xvid.dbg. (This	is not the two
	      pass control file.)

       The following options are only available	in Xvid	1.1.x and later.

       bvhq=<0|1>
	      This setting allows vector candidates for	B-frames  to  be  used
	      for the encoding chosen using a rate distortion optimized	opera-
	      tor, which is what is done for P-frames by the vhq option.  This
	      produces	nicer-looking  B-frames	while incurring	almost no per-
	      formance penalty (default: 1).

       vbv_bufsize=<0...> (two pass mode only)
	      Specify the video	buffering verifier (VBV) buffer	size  in  bits
	      (default:	 0 - VBV check disabled).  VBV allows restricting peak
	      bitrate to make the video	play  properly	on  hardware  players.
	      For  example, the	Home profile uses vbv_bufsize=3145728.	If you
	      set vbv_bufsize you should  set  also  vbv_maxrate.   Note  that
	      there  is	 no vbv_peakrate because Xvid does not actually	use it
	      for bitrate controlling; the other VBV options are enough	to re-
	      strict the peak bitrate.

       vbv_initial=<0...vbv_bufsize> (two pass mode only)
	      Specify the initial fill of the VBV buffer in bits (default: 75%
	      of vbv_bufsize).	The default is probably	what you want.

       vbv_maxrate=<0...> (two pass mode only)
	      Specify the maximum processing rate in bits/s (default: 0).  For
	      example, the Home	profile	uses vbv_maxrate=4854000.

       The following option is only available in Xvid 1.2.x and	later.

       threads=<0-n>
	      Create n threads to run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The
	      maximum number of	threads	that can be used is the	picture	height
	      divided by 16.

   x264enc (-x264encopts)
       bitrate=<value>
	      Sets  the	 average  bitrate to be	used in	kbits/second (default:
	      off).  Since local bitrate may vary, this	average	may be inaccu-
	      rate  for	very short videos (see ratetol).  Constant bitrate can
	      be achieved by combining this with vbv_maxrate,  at  significant
	      reduction	in quality.

       qp=<0-51>
	      This selects the quantizer to use	for P-frames.  I- and B-frames
	      are offset from this value by ip_factor and  pb_factor,  respec-
	      tively.  20-40 is	a useful range.	 Lower values result in	better
	      fidelity,	but higher bitrates.  0	is lossless.  Note that	 quan-
	      tization	in  H.264  works  differently from MPEG-1/2/4: H.264's
	      quantization parameter (QP) is on	a logarithmic scale.  The map-
	      ping  is	approximately H264QP = 12 + 6*log2(MPEGQP).  For exam-
	      ple, MPEG	at QP=2	is equivalent to H.264 at  QP=18.   Generally,
	      this  option should be avoided and crf should be used instead as
	      crf will yield better visual results for the same	size.

       crf=<1.0-50.0>
	      Enables constant quality mode, and  selects  the	quality.   The
	      scale  is	similar	to QP.	Like the bitrate-based modes, this al-
	      lows each	frame to use a different QP based on the frame's  com-
	      plexity.	This option should generally be	used instead of	qp.

       crf_max=<float>
	      With  CRF	 and VBV, limit	RF to this value (may cause VBV	under-
	      flows!).

       pass=<1-3>
	      Enable 2 or 3-pass mode.	It is recommended to always encode  in
	      2	 or  3-pass  mode as it	leads to a better bit distribution and
	      improves overall quality.
		 1    first pass
		 2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
		 3    Nth pass (second and third passes	of three  pass	encod-
		      ing)
	      Here is how it works, and	how to use it:
	      The  first  pass	(pass=1)  collects statistics on the video and
	      writes them to a file.  You might	want to	deactivate  some  CPU-
	      hungry options, apart from the ones that are on by default.
	      In  two pass mode, the second pass (pass=2) reads	the statistics
	      file and bases ratecontrol decisions on it.
	      In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that	is not a typo)
	      does  both: It first reads the statistics, then overwrites them.
	      You can use all encoding options,	 except	 very  CPU-hungry  op-
	      tions.
	      The  third  pass (pass=3)	is the same as the second pass,	except
	      that it has the second pass' statistics to work from.   You  can
	      use all encoding options,	including CPU-hungry ones.
	      The  first pass may use either average bitrate or	constant quan-
	      tizer.  ABR is recommended, since	it does	not require guessing a
	      quantizer.  Subsequent passes are	ABR, and must specify bitrate.

       profile=<name>
	      Constrain	options	to be compatible with an H.264 profile.
		 baseline
		      no8x8dct bframes=0 nocabac cqm=flat  weightp=0  nointer-
		      laced qp>0
		 main no8x8dct cqm=flat	qp>0
		 high qp>0 (default)

       preset=<name>
	      Use a preset to select encoding settings.
		 ultrafast
		      no8x8dct	aq_mode=0  b_adapt=0 bframes=0 nodeblock nomb-
		      tree me=dia nomixed_refs	partitions=none	 ref=1	scene-
		      cut=0 subq=0 trellis=0 noweight_b	weightp=0
		 superfast
		      nombtree	me=dia nomixed_refs partitions=i8x8,i4x4 ref=1
		      subq=1 trellis=0 weightp=0
		 veryfast
		      nombtree nomixed_refs ref=1 subq=2 trellis=0 weightp=0
		 faster
		      nomixed_refs rc_lookahead=20 ref=5 subq=4	weightp=1
		 fast rc_lookahead=30 ref=2 subq=6
		 medium
		      Default settings apply.
		 slow b_adapt=2	 direct=auto  me=umh   rc_lookahead=50	 ref=5
		      subq=8
		 slower
		      b_adapt=2	 direct=auto  me=umh  partitions=all rc_looka-
		      head=60 ref=8 subq=9 trellis=2
		 veryslow
		      b_adapt=2	b_frames=8 direct=auto me=umh me_range=24 par-
		      titions=all ref=16 subq=10 trellis=2 rc_lookahead=60
		 placebo
		      bframes=16  b_adapt=2  direct=auto  nofast_pskip me=tesa
		      me_range=24   partitions=all   rc_lookahead=60	ref=16
		      subq=10 trellis=2

       tune=<name,[name,...]>
	      Tune  the	settings for a particular type of source or situation.
	      All tuned	settings are  overridden  by  explicit	user-settings.
	      Multiple	tunings	are separated by commas, but only one psy tun-
	      ing can be used at a time.
		 film (psy tuning)
		      deblock=-1,-1 psy-rd=<unset>,0.15
		 animation (psy	tuning)
		      b_frames={+2}	  deblock=1,1	    psy-rd=0.4:<unset>
		      aq_strength=0.6 ref={double if >1	else 1}
		 grain (psy tuning)
		      aq_strength=0.5  nodct_decimate  deadzone_inter=6	 dead-
		      zone_intra=6 deblock=-2,-2 ipratio=1.1 pbratio=1.1  psy-
		      rd=<unset>,0.25 qcomp=0.8
		 stillimage (psy tuning)
		      aq_strength=1.2 deblock=-3,-3 psy-rd=2.0,0.7
		 psnr (psy tuning)
		      aq_mode=0	nopsy
		 ssim (psy tuning)
		      aq_mode=2	nopsy
		 fastdecode
		      nocabac nodeblock	noweight_b weightp=0
		 zerolatency
		      bframes=0	  force_cfr   rc_lookahead=0  sync_lookahead=0
		      sliced_threads

       slow_firstpass
	      Disables the following faster  options  with  pass=1:  no_8x8dct
	      me=dia partitions=none ref=1 subq={2 if >2 else unchanged} trel-
	      lis=0 fast_pskip.	 These settings	significantly improve encoding
	      speed while having little	or no impact on	the quality of the fi-
	      nal pass.
	      This option is implied with preset=placebo.

       keyint=<value>
	      Sets maximum interval between IDR-frames (default: 250).	Larger
	      values  save  bits, thus improve quality,	at the cost of seeking
	      precision.  Unlike MPEG-1/2/4, H.264 does	not  suffer  from  DCT
	      drift with large values of keyint.

       keyint_min=<1-keyint/2>
	      Sets  minimum  interval  between IDR-frames (default: auto).  If
	      scenecuts	appear within this interval, they are still encoded as
	      I-frames,	but do not start a new GOP.  In	H.264, I-frames	do not
	      necessarily bound	a closed GOP because it	is allowable for a  P-
	      frame  to	 be predicted from more	frames than just the one frame
	      before it	(also see frameref).  Therefore, I-frames are not nec-
	      essarily seekable.  IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames from
	      referring	to any frame prior to the IDR-frame.

       scenecut=<-1-100>
	      Controls how aggressively	to  insert  extra  I-frames  (default:
	      40).   With  small  values  of  scenecut,	the codec often	has to
	      force an I-frame when it would exceed keyint.   Good  values  of
	      scenecut may find	a better location for the I-frame.  Large val-
	      ues use more I-frames than necessary,  thus  wasting  bits.   -1
	      disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames	are inserted only once
	      every other keyint frames, even if a scene-cut  occurs  earlier.
	      This  is not recommended and wastes bitrate as scenecuts encoded
	      as P-frames are just as big as I-frames, but do  not  reset  the
	      "keyint counter".

       (no)intra_refresh
	      Periodic intra block refresh instead of keyframes	(default: dis-
	      abled).  This option disables IDR-frames,	and, instead,  uses  a
	      moving vertical bar of intra-coded blocks. This reduces compres-
	      sion efficiency  but  benefits  low-latency  streaming  and  re-
	      silience to packet loss.

       frameref=<1-16>
	      Number  of previous frames used as predictors in B- and P-frames
	      (default:	3).  This is effective in anime,  but  in  live-action
	      material	the improvements usually drop off very rapidly above 6
	      or so reference frames.  This has	no effect on  decoding	speed,
	      but does increase	the memory needed for decoding.	 Some decoders
	      can only handle a	maximum	of 15 reference	frames.

       bframes=<0-16>
	      maximum number of	consecutive B-frames between I-	 and  P-frames
	      (default:	3)

       (no)b_adapt
	      Automatically  decides  when to use B-frames and how many, up to
	      the maximum specified above (default: on).  If  this  option  is
	      disabled,	then the maximum number	of B-frames is used.

       b_bias=<-100-100>
	      Controls	the  decision  performed  by b_adapt.  A higher	b_bias
	      produces more B-frames (default: 0).

       b_pyramid=<normal|strict|none>
	      Allows B-frames to be used as references	for  predicting	 other
	      frames.	For example, consider 3	consecutive B-frames: I0 B1 B2
	      B3 P4.  Without this option, B-frames follow the same pattern as
	      MPEG-[124].   So they are	coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3, and
	      all the B-frames are predicted from I0 and P4.   With  this  op-
	      tion,  they  are	coded  as  I0  P4 B2 B1	B3.  B2	is the same as
	      above, but B1 is predicted from I0 and B2, and B3	 is  predicted
	      from  B2 and P4.	This usually results in	slightly improved com-
	      pression,	at almost no speed cost.  However, this	is an  experi-
	      mental  option:  it  is not fully	tuned and may not always help.
	      Requires bframes >= 2.  Disadvantage: increases  decoding	 delay
	      to 2 frames.
		 normal
		      Allow  B-frames  as  references  as described above (not
		      Blu-ray compatible).
		 strict
		      Disallow P-frames	referencing B-frames. Gives worse com-
		      pression,	but is required	for Blu-ray compatibility.
		 none
		      Disable using B-frames as	references.

       (no)open_gop
	      Use  recovery points to close GOPs; only available with bframes.

       (no)bluray_compat
	      Enable compatibility hacks for Blu-Ray support.

       (no)fake_interlaced
	      Flag stream as interlaced	but encode progressive.	Makes it poss-
	      sible  to	 encode	25p and	30p Blu-Ray streams. Ignored in	inter-
	      laced mode.

       frame_packing=<0-5>
	      Define frame arrangement for stereoscopic	videos.
		 0    Checkerboard - pixels are	alternately from L and R.
		 1    Column alternation - L and R are interlaced by column.
		 2    Row alternation -	L and R	are interlaced by row.
		 3    Side by side - L is on the left, R is on the right.
		 4    Top-bottom - L is	on top,	R is on	the bottom.
		 5    Frame alternation	- one view per frame.

       (no)deblock
	      Use deblocking filter (default: on).  As it  takes  very	little
	      time compared to its quality gain, it is not recommended to dis-
	      able it.

       deblock=<-6-6>,<-6-6>
	      The first	parameter  is  AlphaC0	(default:  0).	 This  adjusts
	      thresholds for the H.264 in-loop deblocking filter.  First, this
	      parameter	adjusts	the maximum amount of change that  the	filter
	      is  allowed to cause on any one pixel.  Secondly,	this parameter
	      affects the threshold for	difference across the edge being  fil-
	      tered.   A  positive  value reduces blocking artifacts more, but
	      will also	smear details.
	      The second parameter is Beta (default: 0).  This affects the de-
	      tail  threshold.	 Very  detailed	blocks are not filtered, since
	      the smoothing caused by the filter would be more noticeable than
	      the original blocking.
	      The  default behavior of the filter almost always	achieves opti-
	      mal quality, so it is best to either leave it alone, or make on-
	      ly  small	adjustments.  However, if your source material already
	      has some blocking	or noise which you would like  to  remove,  it
	      may be a good idea to turn it up a little	bit.

       (no)cabac
	      Use  CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding) (default:
	      on).  Slightly slows down	encoding and decoding, but should save
	      10-15%  bitrate.	Unless you are looking for decoding speed, you
	      should not disable it.

       qp_min=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
	      Minimum quantizer, 10-30 seems to	be a  useful  range  (default:
	      10).

       qp_max=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
	      maximum quantizer	(default: 51)

       qp_step=<1-50> (ABR or two pass)
	      maximum  value  by which the quantizer may be incremented/decre-
	      mented between frames (default: 4)

       (no)mbtree
	      Enable macroblock	tree ratecontrol (default:  enabled).	Use  a
	      large lookahead to track temporal	propagation of data and	weight
	      quality accordingly.  In multi-pass mode,	this writes to a sepa-
	      rate stats file named <passlogfile>.mbtree.

       rc_lookahead=<0-250>
	      Adjust the mbtree	lookahead distance (default: 40).  Larger val-
	      ues will be slower and cause x264	to consume  more  memory,  but
	      can yield	higher quality.

       ratetol=<0.1-100.0> (ABR	or two pass)
	      allowed  variance	 in average bitrate (no	particular units) (de-
	      fault: 1.0)

       vbv_maxrate=<value> (ABR	or two pass)
	      maximum local bitrate, in	kbits/second (default: disabled)

       vbv_bufsize=<value> (ABR	or two pass)
	      averaging	period for vbv_maxrate,	in kbits (default: none,  must
	      be specified if vbv_maxrate is enabled)

       vbv_init=<0.0-1.0> (ABR or two pass)
	      initial buffer occupancy,	as a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default:
	      0.9)

       ip_factor=<value>
	      quantizer	factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

       pb_factor=<value>
	      quantizer	factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

       qcomp=<0-1> (ABR	or two pass)
	      quantizer	compression (default: 0.6).  A lower value  makes  the
	      bitrate  more constant, while a higher value makes the quantiza-
	      tion parameter more constant.

       cplx_blur=<0-999> (two pass only)
	      Temporal blur of the estimated frame  complexity,	 before	 curve
	      compression  (default:  20).   Lower  values allow the quantizer
	      value to jump around more, higher	values force it	to  vary  more
	      smoothly.	  cplx_blur ensures that each I-frame has quality com-
	      parable to the following P-frames, and ensures that  alternating
	      high  and	 low complexity	frames (e.g. low fps animation)	do not
	      waste bits on fluctuating	quantizer.

       qblur=<0-99> (two pass only)
	      Temporal blur of the quantization	parameter,  after  curve  com-
	      pression (default: 0.5).	Lower values allow the quantizer value
	      to jump around more, higher values force it to vary more smooth-
	      ly.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]]
	      User  specified  quality	for  specific  parts (ending, credits,
	      ...).  Each zone is <start-frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where op-
	      tion may be
		 q=<0-51>
		      quantizer
		 b=<0.01-100.0>
		      bitrate multiplier
	      NOTE: The	quantizer option is not	strictly enforced.  It affects
	      only the planning	stage of ratecontrol, and is still subject  to
	      overflow compensation and	qp_min/qp_max.

       direct_pred=<name>
	      Determines  the  type  of	motion prediction used for direct mac-
	      roblocks in B-frames.
		 none Direct macroblocks are not used.
		 spatial
		      Motion vectors are extrapolated from neighboring blocks.
		      (default)
		 temporal
		      Motion  vectors  are  extrapolated from the following P-
		      frame.
		 auto The codec	selects	between	spatial	and temporal for  each
		      frame.
	      Spatial  and temporal are	approximately the same speed and PSNR,
	      the choice between them depends on the video content.   Auto  is
	      slightly	better,	 but slower.  Auto is most effective when com-
	      bined with multipass.  direct_pred=none is both slower and lower
	      quality.

       weightp
	      Weighted P-frame prediction mode (default: 2).
		 0    disabled (fastest)
		 1    weighted refs (better quality)
		 2    weighted refs + duplicates (best)

       (no)weight_b
	      Use weighted prediction in B-frames.  Without this option, bidi-
	      rectionally predicted macroblocks	give equal weight to each ref-
	      erence  frame.   With this option, the weights are determined by
	      the temporal position of the B-frame relative to the references.
	      Requires bframes > 1.

       partitions=<list>
	      Enable	 some	  optional    macroblock    types    (default:
	      p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
		 p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
		 p4x4 Enable types p8x4, p4x8, p4x4.  p4x4 is recommended only
		      with subq	>= 5, and only at low resolutions.
		 b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
		 i8x8 Enable  type  i8x8.  i8x8	has no effect unless 8x8dct is
		      enabled.
		 i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
		 all  Enable all of the	above types.
		 none Disable all of the above types.
	      Regardless of this option, macroblock types p16x16, b16x16,  and
	      i16x16 are always	enabled.
	      The  idea	is to find the type and	size that best describe	a cer-
	      tain area	of the picture.	 For example, a	global pan  is	better
	      represented by 16x16 blocks, while small moving objects are bet-
	      ter represented by smaller blocks.

       (no)8x8dct
	      Adaptive spatial transform size: allows  macroblocks  to	choose
	      between  4x4 and 8x8 DCT.	 Also allows the i8x8 macroblock type.
	      Without this option, only	4x4 DCT	is used.

       me=<name>
	      Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
		 dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
		 hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
		 umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
		 esa  exhaustive search	(very slow, and	no better than umh)

       me_range=<4-64>
	      radius of	exhaustive or multi-hexagon  motion  search  (default:
	      16)

       subq=<0-11>
	      Adjust subpel refinement quality.	 This parameter	controls qual-
	      ity versus speed tradeoffs involved in the motion	estimation de-
	      cision  process.	 subq=5	 can  compress	up  to 10% better than
	      subq=1.
		 0    Runs fullpixel precision motion estimation on all	candi-
		      date  macroblock types.  Then selects the	best type with
		      SAD metric (faster than subq=1, not  recommended	unless
		      you're looking for ultra-fast encoding).
		 1    Does  as 0, then refines the motion of that type to fast
		      quarterpixel precision (fast).
		 2    Runs halfpixel precision motion estimation on all	candi-
		      date  macroblock types.  Then selects the	best type with
		      SATD metric.  Then refines the motion of	that  type  to
		      fast quarterpixel	precision.
		 3    As 2, but	uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
		 4    Runs  fast  quarterpixel	precision motion estimation on
		      all candidate macroblock types.  Then selects  the  best
		      type  with  SATD metric.	Then finishes the quarterpixel
		      refinement for that type.
		 5    Runs best	quality	quarterpixel precision motion  estima-
		      tion on all candidate macroblock types, before selecting
		      the best type.  Also refines the two motion vectors used
		      in  bidirectional	 macroblocks  with SATD	metric,	rather
		      than reusing  vectors  from  the	forward	 and  backward
		      searches.
		 6    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
		      in I- and	P-frames.
		 7    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types
		      in all frames (default).
		 8    Enables  rate-distortion	optimization of	motion vectors
		      and intra	prediction modes in I- and P-frames.
		 9    Enables rate-distortion optimization of  motion  vectors
		      and intra	prediction modes in all	frames.
		 10   QP-RD;   requires	 trellis=2  and	 aq_mode=1  or	higher
		      (best).
		 11   Full RD; disable all early terminations.
	      In the above, "all candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled
	      types: 4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried only if 8x8 is better than	16x16.

       (no)chroma_me
	      Takes into account chroma	 information  during  subpixel	motion
	      search (default: enabled).  Requires subq>=5.

       (no)mixed_refs
	      Allows each 8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently	select
	      a	reference frame.  Without this option, a whole macroblock must
	      use the same reference.  Requires	frameref>1.

       trellis=<0-2> (cabac only)
	      rate-distortion optimal quantization
		 0    disabled
		 1    enabled only for the final encode	(default)
		 2    enabled	during	all  mode  decisions  (slow,  requires
		      subq>=6)

       psy-rd=rd[,trell]
	      Sets the strength	of the psychovisual optimization.
		 rd=<0.0-10.0>
		      psy optimization strength	(requires  subq>=6)  (default:
		      1.0)
		 trell=<0.0-10.0>
		      trellis (requires	trellis, experimental) (default: 0.0)

       (no)psy
	      Enable  psychovisual  optimizations  that	hurt PSNR and SSIM but
	      ought to look better (default: enabled).

       deadzone_inter=<0-32>
	      Set the size of the inter	luma quantization  deadzone  for  non-
	      trellis  quantization  (default: 21).  Lower values help to pre-
	      serve fine details and film grain	(typically useful for high bi-
	      trate/quality encode), while higher values help filter out these
	      details to save bits that	can  be	 spent	again  on  other  mac-
	      roblocks	and  frames  (typically	useful for bitrate-starved en-
	      codes).  It is recommended that  you  start  by  tweaking	 dead-
	      zone_intra before	changing this parameter.

       deadzone_intra=<0-32>
	      Set  the	size  of the intra luma	quantization deadzone for non-
	      trellis quantization (default: 11).  This	option	has  the  same
	      effect  as  deadzone_inter  except that it affects intra frames.
	      It is recommended	that you start by tweaking this	parameter  be-
	      fore changing deadzone_inter.

       (no)fast_pskip
	      Performs	early  skip  detection in P-frames (default: enabled).
	      This usually improves speed at no	cost,  but  it	can  sometimes
	      produce artifacts	in areas with no details, like sky.

       (no)dct_decimate
	      Eliminate	 dct blocks in P-frames	containing only	a small	single
	      coefficient (default: enabled).  This will remove	some  details,
	      so  it  will  save bits that can be spent	again on other frames,
	      hopefully	raising	overall	subjective quality.  If	you  are  com-
	      pressing	non-anime  content with	a high target bitrate, you may
	      want to disable this to preserve as much detail as possible.

       nr=<0-100000>
	      Noise reduction, 0 means disabled.  100-1000 is a	 useful	 range
	      for  typical  content, but you may want to turn it up a bit more
	      for very noisy content (default: 0).  Given its small impact  on
	      speed, you might want to prefer to use this over filtering noise
	      away with	video filters like denoise3d or	hqdn3d.

       chroma_qp_offset=<-12-12>
	      Use a different quantizer	for chroma as compared to luma.	  Use-
	      ful values are in	the range <-2-2> (default: 0).

       aq_mode=<0-2>
	      Defines how adaptive quantization	(AQ) distributes bits:
		 0    disabled
		 1    Avoid moving bits	between	frames.
		 2    Move bits	between	frames (by default).

       aq_strength=<positive float value>
	      Controls	how  much  adaptive quantization (AQ) reduces blocking
	      and blurring in flat and textured	areas (default:	1.0).  A value
	      of  0.5  will  lead to weak AQ and less details, when a value of
	      1.5 will lead to strong AQ and more details.

       cqm=<flat|jvt|<filename>>
	      Either uses a predefined custom quantization matrix or  loads  a
	      JM format	matrix file.
		 flat
		      Use the predefined flat 16 matrix	(default).
		 jvt
		      Use the predefined JVT matrix.
		 <filename>
		      Use the provided JM format matrix	file.
	      NOTE: Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing
	      the command line if they attempt to use all the CQM lists.  This
	      is  due to a command line	length limitation.  In this case it is
	      recommended the lists be put into	a JM format CQM	file and load-
	      ed as specified above.

       cqm4iy=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom  4x4  intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated	values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4ic=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom 4x4 intra chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated	values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4py=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom  4x4  inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated	values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm4pc=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma
	      separated	values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8iy=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom  8x8  intra luminance matrix, given as a list of 64 comma
	      separated	values in the 1-255 range.

       cqm8py=<list> (also see cqm)
	      Custom 8x8 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of  64	 comma
	      separated	values in the 1-255 range.

       level_idc=<10-51>
	      Set  the	bitstream's  level  as defined by annex	A of the H.264
	      standard (default: 51 - level 5.1).  This	is  used  for  telling
	      the decoder what capabilities it needs to	support.  Use this pa-
	      rameter only if you know what it means, and you have a  need  to
	      set it.

       (no)cpu_independent
	      Ensure  exact  reproducibility  across different CPUs instead of
	      chosing different	algorithms when	available/better  (default:en-
	      abled).

       threads=<0-16>
	      Spawn  threads  to encode	in parallel on multiple	CPUs (default:
	      0).  This	has a slight penalty to	 compression  quality.	 0  or
	      'auto'  tells  x264 to detect how	many CPUs you have and pick an
	      appropriate number of threads.

       (no)sliced_threads
	      Use slice-based threading	(default:  disabled).	Unlike	normal
	      threading, this option adds no encoding latency, but is slightly
	      slower and less effective	at compression.

       slice_max_size=<0 or positive integer>
	      Maximum slice size in bytes (default: 0).	 A value of zero  dis-
	      ables the	maximum.

       slice_max_mbs=<0	or positive integer>
	      Maximum  slice  size  in	number of macroblocks (default:	0).  A
	      value of zero disables the maximum.

       slices=<0 or positive integer>
	      Maximum number of	slices per frame (default: 0).	A value	of ze-
	      ro disables the maximum.

       sync_lookahead=<0-250>
	      Adjusts  the size	of the threaded	lookahead buffer (default: 0).
	      0	or 'auto' tells	x264 to	automatically determine	buffer size.

       (no)deterministic
	      Use only deterministic optimizations with	multithreaded encoding
	      (default:	enabled).

       (no)global_header
	      Causes  SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning	of the
	      bitstream	(default: disabled).  Some players, such as  the  Sony
	      PSP, require the use of this option.  The	default	behavior caus-
	      es SPS and PPS to	repeat prior to	each IDR frame.

       (no)tff
	      Enable interlaced	mode, top field	first (default:	disabled)

       (no)bff
	      Enable interlaced	mode, bottom field first (default: disabled)

       nal_hrd=<none|vbr|cbr>
	      Signal HRD information (requires vbv_bufsize) (default: none).

       (no)pic_struct
	      Force pic_struct in Picture Timing SEI (default: disabled).

       (no)constrained_intra
	      Enable constrained intra prediction (default:  disabled).	  This
	      significantly  reduces compression, but is required for the base
	      layer of SVC encodes.

       output_csp=<i420|i422|i444|rgb>
	      Specify output colorspace	(default: i420).

       (no)aud
	      Write access unit	delimeters to the stream (default:  disabled).
	      Enable this only if your target container	format requires	access
	      unit delimiters.

       overscan=<undef|show|crop>
	      Include VUI overscan information in the  stream  (default:  dis-
	      abled).  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more	infor-
	      mation.

       videoformat=<component|pal|ntsc|secam|mac|undef>
	      Include VUI video	format information  in	the  stream  (default:
	      disabled).   This	is a purely informative	setting	for describing
	      the original source.  See	doc/vui.txt in the  x264  source  code
	      for more information.

       (no)fullrange
	      Include  VUI full	range information in the stream	(default: dis-
	      abled).  Use this	option if your source video is not range  lim-
	      ited.  See doc/vui.txt in	the x264 source	code for more informa-
	      tion.

       colorprim=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|film|undef>
	      Include color primaries information (default:  disabled).	  This
	      can  be  used for	color correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264
	      source code for more information.

       transfer=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|lin-
       ear|log100|log316|smpte170m|smpte240m>
	      Include VUI transfer characteristics information in  the	stream
	      (default:	 disabled).   This  can	 be used for color correction.
	      See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       colormatrix=<bt709|fcc|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|GBR|YCgCo>
	      Include VUI matrix coefficients in  the  stream  (default:  dis-
	      abled).  This can	be used	for color correction.  See doc/vui.txt
	      in the x264 source code for more information.

       chromaloc=<0-5>
	      Include VUI chroma sample	location  information  in  the	stream
	      (default:	disabled).  Use	this option to ensure alignment	of the
	      chroma and luma  planes  after  color  space  conversions.   See
	      doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       log=<-1-3>
	      Adjust the amount	of logging info	printed	to the screen.
		 -1   none
		  0   Print errors only.
		  1   warnings
		  2   PSNR  and	other analysis statistics when the encode fin-
		      ishes (default)
		  3   PSNR, QP,	frametype, size, and other statistics for  ev-
		      ery frame

       (no)psnr
	      Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
	      NOTE:  The  'Y',	'U', 'V', and 'Avg' PSNR fields	in the summary
	      are not mathematically sound (they are  simply  the  average  of
	      per-frame	 PSNRs).   They	are kept only for comparison to	the JM
	      reference	codec.	For all	other purposes,	please use either  the
	      'Global' PSNR, or	the per-frame PSNRs printed by log=3.

       (no)ssim
	      Print  the Structural Similarity Metric results.	This is	an al-
	      ternative	to PSNR, and may be better correlated  with  the  per-
	      ceived quality of	the compressed video.

       (no)visualize
	      Enable x264 visualizations during	encoding.  If the x264 on your
	      system supports it, a new	window will be opened during  the  en-
	      coding  process,	in which x264 will attempt to present an over-
	      view of how each frame gets encoded.  Each block type on the vi-
	      sualized movie will be colored as	follows:

       dump_yuv=<file name>
	      Dump YUV frames to the specified file.  For debugging use.
		 red/pink
		      intra block
		 blue
		      inter block
		 green
		      skip block
		 yellow
		      B-block
	      This  feature  can  be  considered  experimental	and subject to
	      change.  In particular, it depends on x264 being	compiled  with
	      visualizations  enabled.	 Note  that  as	 of writing this, x264
	      pauses after encoding and	visualizing each  frame,  waiting  for
	      the  user	 to press a key, at which point	the next frame will be
	      encoded.

   xvfw	(-xvfwopts)
       Encoding	with Video for Windows codecs is mostly	 obsolete  unless  you
       wish to encode to some obscure fringe codec.

       codec=<name>
	      The name of the binary codec file	with which to encode.

       compdata=<file>
	      The name of the codec settings file (like	firstpass.mcf) created
	      by vfw2menc.

   MPEG	muxer (-mpegopts)
       The MPEG	muxer can generate 5 types of streams, each of which has  rea-
       sonable default parameters that the user	can override.  Generally, when
       generating MPEG files, it is advisable to disable MEncoder's frame-skip
       code  (see  -noskip, -mc	as well	as the harddup and softskip video fil-
       ters).

       EXAMPLE:
		 format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

       format=<mpeg1 | mpeg2 | xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2>
	      stream format (default: mpeg2).  pes1 and	pes2 are  very	broken
	      formats  (no  pack header	and no padding), but VDR uses them; do
	      not choose them unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       size=<up	to 65535>
	      Pack size	in bytes, do not change	unless you know	 exactly  what
	      you are doing (default: 2048).

       muxrate=<int>
	      Nominal  muxrate	in  kbit/s  used in the	pack headers (default:
	      1800 kb/s).  Will	be updated as necessary	in the case  of	 'for-
	      mat=mpeg1' or 'mpeg2'.

       tsaf
	      Sets  timestamps	on  all	 frames, if possible; recommended when
	      format=dvd.  If dvdauthor	complains with a message like "..audio
	      sector  out  of  range...", you probably did not enable this op-
	      tion.

       interleaving2
	      Uses a better algorithm to interleave audio and  video  packets,
	      based  on	 the  principle	that the muxer will always try to fill
	      the stream with the largest percentage of	free space.

       vdelay=<1-32760>
	      Initial video delay time,	in milliseconds	(default: 0),  use  it
	      if  you  want  to	delay video with respect to audio.  It doesn't
	      work with	:drop.

       adelay=<1-32760>
	      Initial audio delay time,	in milliseconds	(default: 0),  use  it
	      if you want to delay audio with respect to video.

       drop
	      When used	with vdelay the	muxer drops the	part of	audio that was
	      anticipated.

       vwidth, vheight=<1-4095>
	      Set the video width and height when video	is MPEG-1/2.

       vpswidth, vpsheight=<1-4095>
	      Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

       vaspect=<1 | 4/3	| 16/9 | 221/100>
	      Sets the display aspect ratio for	MPEG-2 video.  Do not  use  it
	      on  MPEG-1  or  the  resulting  aspect  ratio will be completely
	      wrong.

       vbitrate=<int>
	      Sets the video bitrate in	kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

       vframerate=<24000/1001 |	24 | 25	| 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001  |
       60 >
	      Sets the framerate for MPEG-1/2 video.  This option will be  ig-
	      nored if used with the telecine option.

       telecine
	      Enables 3:2 pulldown soft	telecine mode: The muxer will make the
	      video stream look	like it	was encoded at 30000/1001 fps.	It on-
	      ly  works	 with  MPEG-2  video  when  the	 output	 framerate  is
	      24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.   Any	 other
	      framerate	is incompatible	with this option.

       film2pal
	      Enables FILM to PAL and NTSC to PAL soft telecine	mode: The mux-
	      er will make the video stream look like it  was  encoded	at  25
	      fps.   It	only works with	MPEG-2 video when the output framerate
	      is 24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any oth-
	      er framerate is incompatible with	this option.

       tele_src	and tele_dest
	      Enables  arbitrary  telecining  using  Donand Graft's DGPulldown
	      code.  You need to specify the original and the desired  framer-
	      ate;  the	 muxer will make the video stream look like it was en-
	      coded at the desired framerate.  It only works with MPEG-2 video
	      when  the	 input	framerate is smaller than the output framerate
	      and the framerate	increase is <= 1.5.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001
		      PAL to NTSC telecining

       vbuf_size=<40-1194>
	      Sets the size of the video decoder's buffer, expressed in	 kilo-
	      bytes.   Specify	it  only if the	bitrate	of the video stream is
	      too high for the chosen format and if you	 know  perfectly  well
	      what  you	are doing.  A too high value may lead to an unplayable
	      movie, depending on the player's capabilities.  When muxing HDTV
	      video a value of 400 should suffice.

       abuf_size=<4-64>
	      Sets  the	size of	the audio decoder's buffer, expressed in kilo-
	      bytes.  The same principle as for	vbuf_size applies.

   FFmpeg libavformat demuxers (-lavfdopts)
       analyzeduration=<value>
	      Maximum length in	seconds	to analyze the stream properties.

       format=<value>
	      Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
	      Pass AVOptions to	libavformat demuxer.  Note, a  patch  to  make
	      the  o=  unneeded	and pass all unknown options through the AVOp-
	      tion system is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions	can  be	 found
	      in  the FFmpeg manual.  Note that	some options may conflict with
	      MPlayer/MEncoder options.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 o=ignidx

       probesize=<value>
	      Maximum amount of	data to	probe during the detection phase.   In
	      the  case	of MPEG-TS this	value identifies the maximum number of
	      TS packets to scan.

       cryptokey=<hexstring>
	      Encryption key the demuxer should	use.  This is the  raw	binary
	      data of the key converted	to a hexadecimal string.

   FFmpeg libavformat muxers (-lavfopts) (also see -of lavf)
       delay=<value>
	      Currently	 only  meaningful  for	MPEG[12]: Maximum allowed dis-
	      tance, in	seconds, between the reference	timer  of  the	output
	      stream  (SCR)  and  the  decoding	timestamp (DTS)	for any	stream
	      present (demux to	decode delay).	Default	is 0.7 (as mandated by
	      the  standards  defined  by MPEG).  Higher values	require	larger
	      buffers and must not be used.

       format=<container_format>
	      Override which container format to mux into (default: autodetect
	      from output file extension).
		 mpg
		      MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2	PS
		 asf
		      Advanced Streaming Format
		 avi
		      Audio Video Interleave file
		 wav
		      Waveform Audio
		 swf
		      Macromedia Flash
		 flv
		      Macromedia Flash video files
		 rm
		      RealAudio	and RealVideo
		 au
		      SUN AU format
		 nut
		      NUT open container format	(experimental)
		 mov
		      QuickTime
		 mp4
		      MPEG-4 format
		 ipod
		      MPEG-4  format with extra	header flags required by Apple
		      iPod firmware
		 dv
		      Sony Digital Video container
		 matroska
		      Matroska

       muxrate=<rate>
	      Nominal bitrate of the multiplex,	in bits	per second;  currently
	      it  is  meaningful  only	for MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is
	      necessary	in order to avoid "buffer underflows".

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
	      Pass AVOptions to	libavformat muxer.  Note, a patch to make  the
	      o=  unneeded  and	 pass all unknown options through the AVOption
	      system is	welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found	in the
	      FFmpeg  manual.	Note  that some	options	may conflict with MEn-
	      coder options.

	      EXAMPLE:
		 o=packetsize=100

       packetsize=<size>
	      Size, expressed in bytes,	of the unitary packet for  the	chosen
	      format.	When  muxing  to  MPEG[12] implementations the default
	      values are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048	for all	others formats.

       preload=<distance>
	      Currently	only meaningful	for  MPEG[12]:	Initial	 distance,  in
	      seconds,	between	the reference timer of the output stream (SCR)
	      and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream  present	(demux
	      to decode	delay).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
       There are a number of environment variables that	can be used to control
       the behavior of MPlayer and MEncoder.

       MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see -msgcharset)
	      Convert console messages to the specified	charset	(default:  au-
	      todetect).  A value of "noconv" means no conversion.

       MPLAYER_HOME
	      Directory	where MPlayer looks for	user settings.

       MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see -v and	-msglevel)
	      Set  the initial verbosity level across all message modules (de-
	      fault: 0).  The resulting	verbosity corresponds to that of  -ms-
	      glevel 5 plus the	value of MPLAYER_VERBOSE.

   libaf:
       LADSPA_PATH
	      If  LADSPA_PATH  is set, it searches for the specified file.  If
	      it is not	set, you  must	supply	a  fully  specified  pathname.
	      FIXME: This is also mentioned in the ladspa section.

   libdvdcss:
       DVDCSS_CACHE
	      Specify  a  directory  in	which to store title key values.  This
	      will speed up descrambling of DVDs which are in the cache.   The
	      DVDCSS_CACHE  directory  is  created if it does not exist, and a
	      subdirectory is created named after the DVD's title or  manufac-
	      turing  date.  If	DVDCSS_CACHE is	not set	or is empty, libdvdcss
	      will use the default value  which	 is  "${HOME}/.dvdcss/"	 under
	      Unix and "C:\Documents and Settings\$USER\Application Data\dvdc-
	      ss\" under Win32.	 The special value "off" disables caching.

       DVDCSS_METHOD
	      Sets the authentication and  decryption  method  that  libdvdcss
	      will  use	 to read scrambled discs.  Can be one of title,	key or
	      disc.
		 key
		      is the default method.  libdvdcss	will use a set of cal-
		      culated  player  keys to try and get the disc key.  This
		      can fail if the drive does  not  recognize  any  of  the
		      player keys.
		 disc
		      is  a  fallback  method when key has failed.  Instead of
		      using player keys, libdvdcss will	crack the disc key us-
		      ing a brute force	algorithm.  This process is CPU	inten-
		      sive and requires	64 MB of memory	to store temporary da-
		      ta.
		 title
		      is  the fallback when all	other methods have failed.  It
		      does not rely on a key exchange with the DVD drive,  but
		      rather  uses a crypto attack to guess the	title key.  On
		      rare cases this may fail because there is	not enough en-
		      crypted  data  on	 the disc to perform a statistical at-
		      tack, but	in the other hand it is	the only  way  to  de-
		      crypt  a	DVD  stored  on	a hard disc, or	a DVD with the
		      wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

       DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
	      Specify the raw device to	use.  Exact usage will depend on  your
	      operating	 system,  the  Linux  utility to set up	raw devices is
	      raw(8) for instance.  Please note	that on	 most  operating  sys-
	      tems,  using a raw device	requires highly	aligned	buffers: Linux
	      requires a 2048 bytes alignment (which is	the size of a DVD sec-
	      tor).

       DVDCSS_VERBOSE
	      Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
		 0    Outputs no messages at all.
		 1    Outputs error messages to	stderr.
		 2    Outputs error messages and debug messages	to stderr.

       DVDREAD_NOKEYS
	      Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libao2:
       AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING
	      FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIODEV
	      FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIOSERVER
	      Specifies	the Network Audio System server	to which the nas audio
	      output driver should connect and the transport  that  should  be
	      used.   If  unset	DISPLAY	is used	instead.  The transport	can be
	      one of  tcp  and	unix.	Syntax	is  tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,
	      <somehost>:<instancenumber> or [unix]:<instancenumber>.  The NAS
	      base port	is 8000	and <instancenumber> is	added to that.

	      EXAMPLES:
		 AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
		      Connect to NAS server on somehost	using default port and
		      transport.
		 AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
		      Connect  to NAS server on	somehost listening on TCP port
		      8000.
		 AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
		      Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix
		      domain sockets.

       DISPLAY
	      FIXME: Document this.

   vidix:
       VIDIX_CRT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       VIDIXIVTVALPHA
	      Set  this	 to  'disable'	in order to stop the VIDIX driver from
	      controlling alphablending	settings.  You can then	manipulate  it
	      yourself with 'ivtvfbctl'.

   osdep:
       TERM   FIXME: Document this.

   libvo:
       DISPLAY
	      FIXME: Document this.

       FRAMEBUFFER
	      FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libmpdemux:
       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

       HOMEPATH
	      FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
	      FIXME: Document this.

       LOGNAME
	      FIXME: Document this.

       USERPROFILE
	      FIXME: Document this.

   GUI:
       DISPLAY
	      The name of the display to which the GUI should connect.

       HOME   The home directory of the	current	user.

   libavformat:
       AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_DEV
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FORMAT
	      FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FREQUENCY
	      FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
	      FIXME: Document this.

       no_proxy
	      FIXME: Document this.

FILES
       /usr/local/share/mplayer/mplayer.conf
	      MPlayer system-wide settings

       /usr/local/share/mplayer/mencoder.conf
	      MEncoder system-wide settings

       ~/.mplayer/config
	      MPlayer user settings

       ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
	      MEncoder user settings

       ~/.mplayer/input.conf
	      input bindings (see '-input keylist' for the full	list)

       ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
	      GUI configuration	file

       ~/.mplayer/gui.history
	      GUI directory history

       ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
	      GUI playlist

       ~/.mplayer/gui.url
	      GUI URL list

       ~/.mplayer/font/
	      font  directory  (There  must be a font.desc file	and files with
	      .RAW extension.)

       ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
	      cached CSS keys

EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE
       Quickstart Blu-ray playing:
       mplayer br:////path/to/disc
       mplayer br:// -bluray-device /path/to/disc

       Quickstart DVD playing:
       mplayer dvd://1

       Play in Japanese	with English subtitles:
       mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang	en

       Play only chapters 5, 6,	7:
       mplayer dvd://1 -chapter	5-7

       Play only titles	5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://5-7

       Play a multiangle DVD:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

       Play from a different DVD device:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/cd0

       Play DVD	video from a directory with VOB	files:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

       Copy a DVD title	to hard	disk, saving to	file title1.vob	:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

       Play a DVD with dvdnav from path	/dev/sr1:
       mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1

       Stream from HTTP:
       mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

       Stream using RTSP:
       mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format:
       mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:
       mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo	-vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       input from standard V4L:
       mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

       Playback	on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):
       mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288	file.avi

       Playback	on Zoran cards (new style):
       mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

       Play DTS-CD with	passthrough:
       mplayer -ac hwdts -rawaudio format=0x2001 -cdrom-device /dev/cdrom cdda://
       You can also use	-afm hwac3 instead of -ac hwdts.  Adjust  '/dev/cdrom'
       to  match  the CD-ROM device on your system.  If	your external receiver
       supports	decoding raw DTS streams, you can directly play	it via cdda://
       without setting format, hwac3 or	hwdts.

       Play a 6-channel	AAC file with only two speakers:
       mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
       You  might  want	to play	a bit with the pan values (e.g multiply	with a
       value) to increase volume or avoid clipping.

       checkerboard invert with	geq filter:
       mplayer -vf geq='128+(p(X\,Y)-128)*(0.5-gt(mod(X/SW\,128)\,64))*(0.5-gt(mod(Y/SH\,128)\,64))*4'

EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE
       Encode DVD title	#2, only selected chapters:
       mencoder	dvd://2	-chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title	#2, resizing to	640x480:
       mencoder	dvd://2	-vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi	-oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title	#2, resizing to	512xHHH	(keep aspect ratio):
       mencoder	dvd://2	-vf scale -zoom	-xy 512	-o title2.avi -oac copy	-ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized	macroblocks:
       mencoder	dvd://2	-o title2.avi -oac copy	-ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       The same, but with MJPEG	compression:
       mencoder	dvd://2	-o title2.avi -oac copy	-ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       Encode all *.jpg	files in the current directory:
       mencoder	"mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25	-o output.avi -ovc lavc	-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode from a tuner (specify a format with -vf format):
       mencoder	-tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

       Encode from a pipe:
       rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc	-lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BUGS
       Don't panic.  If	you find one, report it	to us, but  please  make  sure
       you  have  read all of the documentation	first.	Also look out for smi-
       leys. :)	Many bugs are the result of incorrect setup or	parameter  us-
       age.  The bug reporting section of the documentation (http://www.mplay-
       erhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/bugreports.html) explains how to create useful bug
       reports.

AUTHORS
       MPlayer	was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy.  See the AUTHORS file
       for a list of some of the many other contributors.

       MPlayer is (C) 2000-2017	The MPlayer Team

       This man	page was written mainly	by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann  and	 Diego
       Biurrun.	  It  is maintained by Diego Biurrun.  Please send mails about
       it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list.  Translation specific mails	belong
       on the MPlayer-translations mailing list.

The MPlayer Project		  2015-02-13			    MPlayer(1)

NAME | SYNOPSIS | DESCRIPTION | INTERACTIVE CONTROL | USAGE | CONFIGURATION FILES | PROFILES | GENERAL OPTIONS | PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY) | DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS | OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS | AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY) | AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY) | VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY) | VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY) | DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS | AUDIO FILTERS | VIDEO FILTERS | GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY) | CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY) | ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES | FILES | EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE | EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE | BUGS | AUTHORS

Want to link to this manual page? Use this URL:
<https://www.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?query=mplayer&manpath=FreeBSD+11.2-RELEASE+and+Ports>

home | help